Category: Alliant Webinars

  • 09/02/2026 – Alliant Webinar – How to Get Rollover Ready! – Rollovers can be tricky! Explore your options for funding a comfortable and sustainable retirement

    Good afternoon everyone. Like to welcome you to our presentation today on how to get rollover ready. I got 12 o’clock here. I’m just going to give it another minute or so. Let other folks have a chance to join in and connect to the audio. Just kind of watching the attendance. It looks like we have some uh people connected already. I’m just going to do a systems check here. Just want to see if anybody could respond in the uh chat feature. But uh just let me know if you could hear me. Okay. if you could see the uh presentation. Okay. Yeah, if there’s any technical difficulties, I’ll try to get those adjusted and we’ll get started here in just a moment. Okay, I think we’re in good shape. It looks like everybody’s had a chance to uh to join in here. So, I’d like to get started. Just about 1201, but introduce myself here. My name is Tom Davia. I’m a financial consultant at Alliant Credit Union. Our department is called Alliant uh Retirement and Investment Services. And today’s presentation, we’re going to be talking about how to get rollover ready. So, we’re going to be talking about rollover options in and we call them qualified retirement plans, but your 401k plans, 457, 453, any retirement plan like that. We’ll talk about some uh rollover options. As all of our presentations, we ask that you do not record, reproduce, or distribute any part of this presentation. And uh questions come up quite a bit. We don’t record these presentations, but if you do have questions, I’m happy to go over that with you as well. Uh this is a kind of a scheduling of our upcoming webinars. So, um I myself I run a uh every other Wednesday schedule, but if you’d like to see the complete list of all our webinars, uh we have webinars. I’m the co-host of the uh financial podcast here for the credit union as well and we have a blog available on financial topics. But uh basically it’s the alliancreditun.com/events

    for the webinar schedule/mpodcast for my podcast series or blog for the blog information. I know that’s a very long uh website address. I don’t expect you to memorize nor write all that down. The simple way, if you’re interested in more information, you could let me know. Or if you go to the credit union website, there’s a button on the top that says uh investments. It’ll take you to our landing page at the credit union. And then right at the top here, it’ll have the schedule for webinars, podcast, and blog there as well. So, you can access all that information on the credit union website. But again, we are a uh investment services arm of the credit union. I always say we’re the best kept secret here at the credit union. So, not many members know we exist. So that’s why we do these presentations and put the podcast together to let you know that we do have a fullervice financial firm at the credit union, no cost uh service to members of Alliant and uh we are a fiduciary firm as well. So that comes up uh quite a bit as well. But I’m uh just sharing a sample of a financial plan. So I’m a certified financial planner. We do full financial planning. We uh talk about investments here. I’m a registered investment adviser and uh pretty much uh everything in between on the investment front. But uh with a financial plan, this is a sample output and I’m going to be referring back to this a little bit today. We’ll come back to some of the outputs and the financial plan to explain these rollover opportunities for you as well. But basically to put together a financial plan, again, it’s part of the service here at the credit union. But we sit down with you, we have a conversation about your situation, your goals, gather some basic information from you that’ll allow us to create this comprehensive financial plan. Basically, we’re looking at ways of reducing taxes, fighting inflation, creating more income from your nest egg, deal with raising rising volatility in the market. make sure your portfolios are positioned correctly and also talk about rising health care costs in retirement as well. So, just a service again that not many people are aware of that we offer here. Uh, only 36% of Americans have a written financial plan. Again, I can’t do this for everybody at the credit union. We have something like 900,000 members, but just want to let you know that we’re here as a resource for you. whether it’s talking about uh the rollovers today or whether it’s working on a financial plan. It’s a couple bullet points on a financial plan. Uh we do this to give you a clear picture of where you are today and where you want to go. A financial plan will help you make sure your investments, retirement account, taxes, insurance, estate planning, everything is working together. This financial plan will help you identify potential gaps and opportunities that you may not have known about or have been overlooked and help you determine if you’re on track for retirement and which accounts to withdraw from in a taxefficient manner as well. And of course, today’s topics are rollovers. A financial plan will help provide a framework of making an important decision like today’s topic of the rollover opportunity for you. And once you have a financial plan in place, it’s an ongoing conversation. It can be reviewed and adjusted as your life change, markets change, and your goals change as well. So, let you know that service is available to you, and we could talk to you about that. So, we are back on track, right? We’re going to be talking about rollovers today. We’re getting rollover ready. So, there’s a lot of uh information to know here. Can be tricky sometimes. So, we’re going to talk about all the different options available to you on the rollover. I would mention too that if you do have any questions, if anything comes up, uh, feel free to use that chat feature as I’m giving the presentation, kind of talking through this that comes to mind, put your question in there. I’ll get to the questions at the, uh, end of the presentation. I’ll take a look at the chat feature. I’ll also take a look at the Q&A feature of Zoom as well. So, if anything comes to mind, uh, make sure you put it in there. We used to do these seminars in person a long time ago and we’d stop and raise our hands. So this is the next best thing. So we’ll do questions at the end. But uh first slide right rollover challenge. I always say the challenge it’s pretty easy. We call the accumulation phase and then the distribution phase while you’re working and saving. That’s your accumulation phase. I always kind of call that the easy one just because you’re making contributions to these qualified plans that we’re talking about today. Maybe for most people it’s a 401k plan. Money’s coming out of your check every two weeks. So, you’re a good investor, right? You’re buying when the market goes down. You’re kind of disciplined with your purchases. Market goes down, you’re actually buying on the dip. Market goes up, your accounts are appreciating. And maybe you have a certain goal set in mind. Now, that goal for people are are are different goals, right? Maybe it was to get the 401k to a certain dollar amount. Maybe it was $500,000, a million dollars. you could see that value on the horizon or you reach that value. But times change when you go into the next phase of life which is the distribution phase. Distribution phase kind of goes in handinand with our topic today of rollovers. But now instead of just saving every two weeks and market has been performing great the last four years, now you have to worry about maybe living as long in retirement as you did [laughter] after retirement as you did working. So, we have to make sure we’re addressing longevity with these rollovers and these distributions. It’s always in the news. We’re talking about uh rising prices, inflation. So, we want to make sure that the rollover that the investments are addressing long uh inflation, longevity, tax concerns, search charges on tax concerns, beneficiaries. So, there’s more things that we look at in the distribution phase. That’s kind of why they put a little bit of a puzzle here. Lots of different things to consider for the setup for this presentation. I think it’s important to go over the rules. Uh fiduciary rules. Fiduciary rules mean right always uh acting in what’s your best interest to accomplish these rollovers to accomplish the investments or the uh distributions as well. But another way I look at these rules uh just kind of a milestone in time in retirement. Just like to walk through this just to let you know these are important issues, important ages, just some information you need to be aware of. If you caught my presentation two weeks ago, we spent a good amount of time talking about age 50 and the catch-up contributions and the power behind those. Usually at age 50, theory is maybe the house is paid off, maybe our kids are in college or out of college, and now is really a time to focus on yourself. So, if you haven’t been doing that, uh, you want to make sure you’re taking advantage of those catch-up contributions. If you’re not exactly sure what that is, contact me. I’ll go over that with you. There was some rule changes in 2026 that affected these ketchup contributions, so we could talk about that. This will come up a little bit later in the presentation as well, but at age 55, if you’re in a 401k account, you can take a penaltyfree withdrawal at 55 if your money is still in the 401k account and you’re over age 55. If you’ve left the company, that is age 55. Everybody else has to wait till age 59 and a half to take a penalty-free withdrawal from their retirement plan. Whether it be a 401k qualified retirement plan, whether it be an IRA account once you’re over 59 and a half, no more, excuse me, no more penalties. There’s also something that comes up at 59 a 12 that is kind of uh appropriate to our conversation today, but there’s also something called the inservice rollover. you are able to accomplish our topic today, the rollover, if you’re still working, if you’re age 59 and a half or older, if you want to implement funds into your financial plan and start your planning early, it’s just the IRS being nice to you and saying retirement is on the horizon. You don’t have to wait till you completely retire. There is something called the inservice uh rollover at 59 and a half. At age 60, we’re going to get into uh social security benefits. The absolute earliest conversation on social security is for a surviving spouse. Surviving spouse can start benefits at age 60. For everybody else, uh benefits can start at 62. It’s a bigger conversation swirling around that. If you do start at 62, we should probably talk about that a bit, but uh social security will be tiered 62. Full retirement age for most people is probably right around age 67. And then right in the middle of all that is Medicare eligibility. Medicare eligibility at 65. There’s different periods to sign up. So you want to make sure you understand those three different periods. Make sure you’re not missing your Medicare eligibility at age 65. And then age 70. That’s going to be the maximum for what they call the deferred credits on social security. So, if anybody out there is over age 70, if they have not started their Social Security, I would almost pause this presentation and go file for your benefits right now because you’re missing out. But you can maximize benefits all the way up to age 70 on Social Security. And then finally, uh we talk about required distributions. Required distributions are really determined by the year 1960. If you were born before 1960, your required distribution starts at age 73. 1960 and later, they’ve just increased this to age 65 with the Secure Act 2.0. So, again, 1960 line in the sand. Uh, if you’re 1960 and later, it would be age 75. Getting back on track to rollovers, right, off of our milestone list. So, what we’re going to talk about here is number one, we’re going to do a rollover, but you want to determine first what you want to do with your retirement plan savings. Again, retirement plans, call them retirement plans, qualified retirement plans. Uh we’ll just use this as a general term. 401ks, 403bs, 457, any kind of a like employer sponsored plan. So, we want to determine what you want to have happen with these plans. You want to choose a distribution option. And this is kind of our agenda. We’re going to go through each one of these uh points. We’re going to review the sources of funds within the plan and potentially consolidation in there. We’re going to look at some advanced planning techniques. We’re going to look at actually performing a rollover. And we’re going to uh look out for some common mistakes or complications that happen with the rollovers as well. So again, as I’m going through this, anything that pops up, please feel free to uh put it in the chat feature. But the first thing that we’re going to talk about is what do I do with the money in my retirement plan. So the first goal is determining where this funds are are ultimately going to go. Uh you may find yourself in a situation where you did your proper planning for retirement. You have fixed income sources. You have social security. Maybe a pension. Maybe some rental income. Other sources of income. Maybe the account value in the retirement plan has reached such a level that you don’t envision yourself spending this money. So, we’re going to talk about leaving an inheritance using the plan for leaving money to the next generation. So, that could be one option for you. Next option could be as we go through that financial plan, maybe social security and a pension just isn’t enough. Maybe you need a little bit extra from your retirement account savings to pay for living expenses. So with living expenses, if that’s part of it, again, we need to determine what the appropriate withdrawal is and what the appropriate withdrawal strategy is. So strategy could be twofold. Number one, it could be what is the most taxefficient way to uh withdraw money from my accounts using in consideration both your retirement accounts and the non-retirement accounts and possibly some tax-free money in a Roth account. So what’s the best uh option here for living expenses tax efficiently? Now the other way to look at this is investment wise. How do I need to structure my investments to provide me an income stream? What is an acceptable income stream where I wouldn’t project that I would run out of money. So all things to consider on living expenses as well. Next option uh leaving money to charity. And I have another slide on this a little bit deeper in the presentation talking about charity. So if you find yourself in charitably inclined, if this is one of your ultimate goals, we’ll talk about this as well, but this would be one of the determinations of what you want to use with these retirement plan funds. giving to a charity. There’s two ways to do it really, and we’ll go over this, but you could do some distributions while you’re alive, do a charitable distribution from your retirement account, or you can also some clients will name a beneficiary as a charity as well. So, that would be another option for you. And here we also have uh cash out, right? So cash out. I think you know years ago if you watched any of the commercials on retirement, we are all supposed to buy a vineyard or a second house or in this situation a yacht. So if there is some retirement savings that is kind of earmarked for a large purchase, you just need to determine what the tax consequences are going to be for something like that. because if it is a large distribution, you just need to make sure you’re not incurring any additional taxation or sir charges from say Medicare by doing something like that. But once you have that determined, say you might fall in a couple different categories. Some of this money may go to the kids. Some of the money may go to the yacht. Some of the money may be living expenses. But you may find yourself not fully understanding how much or when or which accounts are going to which sources when you’re deciding where these funds will go. I’m just going to default back to the simple cash flow overview on a financial plan. But this will help really determine maybe the last side, right? may be beneficiaries. How much money is left over in your financial plan after we take into consideration, say, healthcare expenses, possible long-term care scenarios, taking care of yourself first with your income needs. In this example, there was $2.1 million left over to the beneficiaries. We would say, “All right, everything is satisfied as far as living expenses. what is the most taxefficient way to get this projected asset portfolio base to the beneficiaries. So really a financial plan can help you determine how much may be available to give to charities, how much you need to live on and what sources to take, how much is also left to the beneficiaries in the proper way to plan for each. So number one, uh we took care of that, right? What we want to have happen with the funds. Number two, we’re going to talk about distribution options. So, we’re going back distribution option. It’s a qualified plan. It’s a 401k plan. You do have a couple options, right? Options really fall into these three categories. Number one, your option could be to do a rollover to a IRA, an individual retirement account, an IRA. So, you do a rollover, you roll over your funds, it’s not taxable, it goes into an IRA, which is also tax deferred. If you have Roth funds at the 401k, it would go Roth IRA. If you have pre-tax money in the 401k, it goes to a traditional pre-tax IRA. And we’ll talk about this as well, but once you’re in an IRA, the investment world really kind of opens up to you. So many different choices on a rollover option, and that’s kind of the focus of today as well. Um, option number two is cashing out. Maybe it’s that large purchase. Maybe it’s that second home, that yacht. Maybe it’s to help some family, but second option would be to cash out. Third option, do nothing option is an option. Leave the money within the company plan. So, we’re going to take a look at each one of these in a little more detail here. But the first one is the last one. The last one we talked about, right? Leaving the money in the employer plan. So, leaving the money behind. There’s pros and cons to everything. So, one of the cons is statistically somebody throughout their career may have 10 to 12 different jobs. So, you may have accumulated a lot of these 401k plans in the past. Maybe you don’t know how how they’re invested. Maybe you’ve lost track of them. Maybe you don’t know the beneficiaries, but leaving money in employer plan, right? Some of the pros, these plans may have lower fees than are available elsewhere. Uh potential for good investment choices. And that’s also one of the cons as well, the fewer investment choices. So, usually there’s a basket of six to 12 options and I kind [clears throat] of lump all those target date retirement funds into an option, but they don’t give you the complete world or universe of investing. They have a few pre-planned choices. So, could be a pro, could be a con in there as well. uh company stock. We’re going to touch on this in a few more slides, but if you do have company stock, and it’s highly appreciated, there’s some tax advantages inside the uh the plan as well. If you have the ability to purchase or if you’re being matched with company stock, that may be a uh a pro in the conversation. As well, as I mentioned earlier, if you’re 55 or older when you leave the plan, you have to be 55 when you leave the plan. you retire, separate from service, whatever the situation is, you would have the penalty-free withdrawals if you leave the money in the plan. These are shielded from creditors. We’ll talk about this as well. So is the IRA or the rollover IRA and the pro, right? Savings continue to grow tax deferred if it’s traditional pre-tax and it may be taxfree if it’s in the uh Roth portion in there as well. but leaving your money in the plan. Con, right? Fewer investment options. We talked about that. So many different choices outside of the plan. If you’re utilizing one of those IRA accounts, if you’ve left the company, right, you have no more contributions allowed. You’re not getting payroll every two weeks. So, they’re not taking money out of the account. So, generally not too big of a concern. This goes handinhand with no loans. So no loans. You’re again not being paid every two weeks. So they can’t take the loan payment out of the IRA. So no loans if you leave the employer plan. Uh if you are staying in the plan limited withdrawal options, they may restrict some of your withdrawals. They will also in a 401k plan if you do withdrawal, they will automatically withhold 20% for that withdrawal. So it doesn’t give you the ability to manage your own taxes. is they’re going to do a lot of that for you on there. They may limit transactions if you want to buy or sell some securities. Uh they may be limited securities and you may have a limitation on the number of times you can make a transaction. Uh limited beneficiary options again rolling over in an IRA much more beneficiary options, trust options, more creative ways to get the money to the next generation or create that legacy. So if we look at that, that is leaving money behind. Uh, number two, we’re going to talk about cashing out. So, if you cash out your plan, uh, good news is you get immediate access to all the funds. And cashing out is exactly what it means. You cash out, you get a check, you no longer have a retirement account. You now have a check in your name. So, you cash the whole thing out. And uh again, we’ll talk about this in a little bit, but company stock might have a a tax benefit to doing that if you have highly appreciated company stock that you work for. So, the pros, right, immediate access to the funds, maybe some tax savings. Uh the cons is it probably has been something that you’ve been saving for a long time. It probably has a substantial uh value to it. It is going to go through the marginal tax brackets pretty quickly because it’s all treated as ordinary income. The 22% bracket, 24% bracket, 35%, 37% bracket. So, that’s going to push you into higher and higher tax brackets where if you didn’t cash out and you systematically took withdrawals or systematically did Roth conversions, you may uh manage your tax brackets much more efficiently. Uh penalties may apply, right? If you’re under 59 and a half, if you’re not 55, you may have a penalty to do all this. And again, if you cash out, beware, mandatory 20% withholding from the account. So, we’ll talk about this a little bit more cuz there is a way to put money back if you’ve done this, but that 20% withholding goes right to the government. So, you would have to at least pay taxes on the 20% withholding. And then cashing out, it’s in your bank account. It’s in your investment account. So you lose the creditor protection that retirement accounts have been offering you over that time period. Third option is we’re going to talk about uh rolling over, right? So we’re going to roll over the qualified plan, the 401k with a retirement plan into a traditional IRA. More pros on the left side than cons on the right side. Pros, uh again we talked about this uh complete accessibility to any type of investment portfolio. Uh ETFs are index or exchangeraded funds, stocks, bonds, portfolios. We have investments with certain amounts of protection. We have the best access to the best money managers and the biggest risk management firms in the world as well. So much more access to some of those top money managers. You could work with a financial adviser and we would love it if you work with us here at Alliant Investment Services. But doing the rollover then can introduce some financial planning into the conversation and working through some of these tax situations or income distribution situations as well. Uh liquid and portable, right? It’s your account. It’s your IRA, individual retirement account. You can move it from firm to firm. You can move it from investment to investment as well. One thing I would stress is uh I do get the question where can I combine this with my spouse’s account? These are individual retirement accounts. So it would have to stay within your name individually with your spouse as the primary beneficiary. And we could do that vice versa on spouses as well. But the IRA rollover IAS, we do retain creditor protection. So that’s a pro for this conversation. uh beneficiaries may have the ability to stretch the benefits uh when they receive them over their life period over their lifetime. As my last presentation, we talked about the new beneficiary designations. The eligible designated beneficiary can stretch over life. You could have trust designations. You could have so many options within the IRA account that may not be available within the 401k beneficiary or legacy planning as well. flexibility, ease, and use of converting money to a Roth. We’ll talk about the Roth a little bit more in a few slides, but I do presentations on Roth conversions. It’s going to be uh become wildly popular on my conversations in the fourth quarter where everybody kind of procrastinates till the end of the year. But [snorts] within the traditional IRA, it’s very easy just to determine the appropriate amount for this year and then quickly do a conversion. Sometimes the previous employer’s plan, they don’t do it, they don’t allow it, they get backlogged in December, they can’t accomplish it, and they don’t really help you with the tax brackets or the tax planning to do one of these conversions as well. Mentioned before, right? Consolidating accounts. So, this one takes it a little bit step further. Uh, consolidating accounts, not only retirement accounts, maybe you have a few different IRA accounts, maybe you have a few different 401ks. kind of consolidating, making sure you can see them in one statement, in one place, one login view, but also working with us at the credit union, you can also link together and see your non-retirement accounts. You can see your brokerage accounts, your investment accounts kind of consolidated on one statement, so you always know where you sit and what your position is. So, we’re talking about rolling right into roll over into the traditional IRA. uh potentially higher trading costs uh depending on what the 401k offer. 401k may limit some of this, but uh there might be some cost. We completely disclose any cost to you as a fiduciary firm. Um you’re in an IRA. Again, there’s no loans allowed. They don’t have loan provisions. They don’t have the ability to withhold from your payroll. So, a individual retirement account cannot offer a loan. Mandatory distributions, right? the required minimum distribution either at age 73 or if you’re born after 1960, age 75. This is really applicable to leaving the money behind or bringing it into an IRA. You’re going to have a required distribution. If you’re still working, if you’re working past age 73, if that’s your number, if you’re working past age 75, kind of few and far between. But if you’re still working and the money is still in the 401k, you are not subject to the required distribution. And once you leave or once you stop working, then you have to take the required distribution. So that may be a benefit or a consideration to leaving the money behind if you’re still working. and uh again rolled over company stock taxed as ordinary income. So there’s a little tax advantage to that as well, but uh we’ll go over that just it’s actually a tax saving, so not a a big con. So uh right, there was three there. This is kind of a uh fourth one or a part 3B, if you will, on rolling over to a traditional IRA. This is a Roth IRA. So Roth IRA, if you have a Roth, you have after tax dollars in the Roth. It has the Roth designation. So the Roth is receiving taxfree compounding. So assets, your base, you’ve already paid taxes on it. Your bases, your earnings are growing tax-free. They’re never taxed again. No mandatory distributions, no required distributions at age 73 or 75. and no taxation to your beneficiaries. So, a lot of pros to doing a Roth or a Roth conversion. The con is you must pay taxes at the ordinary income rates today if you do a conversion. So, whatever your tax rates are today, you look at your income for the year. You take away that standard deduction. You kind of see where you’re falling within those tax brackets and then see how much room there is for a conversion. But that money would be due April 15th of next year if you do a 2026 conversion. So you must pay the ordinary income taxes. So lots of pros, but uh you do have to keep that con in mind. So step three, we’re going to talk about sources of funds. So if you ever look at your 401k statement, your qualified plan statement, they’re going to say this is your pre-tax money. This is your matching money. This is the after tax dollars in the plan. This is the Roth portion of the plan. You’re going to see about four or five different categories. So, you may again find yourself scratching your head. How did that happen? What are all those numbers? How do I roll it over? Where does it all go? The biggest one is going to be those after tax dollars. This might not apply to everybody here. For the most part, uh most clients, they’ve done uh pre-tax money. They’ve done pre-tax matching from the company. Maybe some Roth contributions in there. That’s all after tax. But you do have the ability in a 401k in a qualified plan that once you meet the maximum, you can go above the maximum and you could do additional contributions on a aftert tax basis, which there’s some good news and bad news, right? You got to pay the taxes on it. It doesn’t go in the Roth. It goes in an after tax basis. But then you got to make sure when you do that rollover that you’re tracking your aftert tax dollars and you know what that basis is so you don’t have to pay taxes twice on that. You can don’t get double taxed on the after tax portion of the plan. Again, if you find yourself uh wondering what you have should be on the statement. If you get a quarterly statement from your uh 401k plan administrator, uh I could talk you through it as well if you see a couple different categories, but you just want to make sure you’re you’re uh staying aware of the after tax and you’re tracking those after tax dollar amounts. This is a a big chart with lots of boxes and lots of yeses in there. For the most part, there’s yeses, but this is talking about rolling from rolling from a qualified plan. 403b plan, 457 governmental plan, 401k, private plan, all those different things. You just watch the tax treatment. So, if you roll from a 401k and it’s a Roth, you can roll that into a Roth IRA. Yes. If you have a Roth 401k, if you go to the second box on the bottom, Roth 401k, no, you don’t want to roll that to a traditional IRA. That would be a bad situation. it would uh kind of put you backwards in the tax situation. But the thing to keep in mind, you just follow the tax treatment. So any one of these qualified plans, we want to know what the uh taxes is on it, whether it’s pre-tax, Roth, or after tax. We’re going to follow that same taxation chart to the IRA and make sure it stays in the same category. So we’re keeping these same taxation on the accounts. We’re going to talk a little bit here uh section four on advanced planning. advanced planning uh techniques, right? Are they only for the rich and famous? There is some very very advanced techniques. We would talk about trust and irrevocable trust and tax planning. But for everybody who has some pre-tax money, if you go through that financial plan and you see that, all right, maybe some of this will be left to my beneficiaries, these accounts, uh, pre-tax retirement accounts are not a good wealth transfer vehicle. Basically, either you have to pay the taxes at your ordinary income tax rate or your beneficiaries do. And your beneficiaries were kind of hurt in this conversation a few years ago. They used to be able to spread it over their entire lifetime. Now they have to take the money out in 10 years. So they could take it out equally over 10 years, add a little bit to their taxation. They could wait 10 years and then pay it all at once, but they’re going to add that to their income. They’re going to go through the marginal tax bracket. So not a great tax situation. Great retirement savings vehicle, but not a great wealth transfer vehicle. So we’re going to look at and say, “All right, again, my pension, my social security, everything’s fine. Life is good. I’m meeting my obligations. I’m traveling, maybe taking some money out of my cash accounts, my brokerage accounts. I’m supporting everything I need to, but I would like to leave money behind to my children, to my grandchildren in the most tax advantaged way possible. So, as I said, uh pre-tax money, pre-tax retirement accounts is not the most taxefficient way. What we want you to do is we want you to consider converting a portion of the pre-tax retirement accounts to a Roth. Big bullet point here is heirs can inherit this money taxfree the tax-free income. They still have that 10-year rule. They have 10 years to take it out, but those 10 years would still be in a Roth designation. So even after we leave this money to our kids, they could still have another 10 years to grow this tax-free. So there’s a lot of benefits to the Roth conversion. And I’m just going to walk you through one of those scenarios, right? Hypothetical example, we have somebody uh I think it was the past slide, the mom and the daughter, but we have momed [snorts] 66. She has 250,000 in a 403b qualified retirement plan. What she’s going to do is she’s just going to take her required distribution every year. She’s going to do nothing, right? Just take the required distribution, pay the taxes on it. She doesn’t need the money. She’s just going to put the money in an investment account. Both accounts are growing at 6%. But what happens if we take her all the way out to age 90? What we’re going to have is taxation during mom’s lifetime because of all those required distributions. Her taxation and we have her at the 24% bracket here or 28 I think on this slide, but she has a total tax liability that she has paid of $120,000. She has not depleted the 403b retirement account. So the daughter still has income tax of 93 almost $94,000 on the retirement account that she inherited. So over this example, there’s going to be taxation of about $214,000 due on this $250,000 retirement account. And again, that’s a do nothing scenario, right? Just take the required distributions, put it in an investment account, don’t do any advanced planning, don’t do any Roth conversion planning. Now this next slide is mom’s going to say that’s not the optimal way to give money to my daughter. I want to convert this because I am at a lower tax break bracket now than she may be in the future. So what mom did is systematically over four years the first four years she has done a Roth conversion. She has ended up converting all the money and she has paid all the taxes on it. So from there mom has no more required distribution. Mom has no more taxation on the gains in the account and the daughter has no taxes due on the inheritance. Previous slide said total tax liability was 214,000. In this slide by systematically doing it over four years, total tax liability was 76,500.

    Uh considerable savings, $160,000 or so in savings in that conversation. But what mom did here is she had the conversion pay the taxes. So she grossed up how much the conversion was. Told her IRA account custodian to withhold for taxes from the conversion. Send 10% send 20% to the IRS to pay for all this because I don’t have the money available in cash or stocks that I want to spend on this. So in this example, the IRA paid its own conversion taxes and the ending value came out to $772,000.

    So again, starting at 250, total tax liability 76,000 left taxfree to the beneficiary $772. The IRA pays the taxes. One more example. One more example. Mom did the same thing except [snorts] when she did the conversions, she said, “I’m going to pay the taxes out of pocket. I have plenty of cash available. I have brokerage accounts. I have an inheritance. I have other money.” So each one of those years, first year the tax was 17,500. Then 18,500. She wrote a check every year. So by writing a check every year, there’s more money in the account. There’s more money that’s growing and compounding over all of these years. Again, there’s no required distribution. It’s all growing tax-free. The tax liability was the same, $76,000. She just paid it out of pocket, but we’ve increase the inheritance to the daughter tax-free of $1,73,000 completely tax-free to the daughter. That’s the way to make retirement accounts more tax advantage, tax efficient for the beneficiaries, for the next generation. Now even in this situation the daughter inherits a million dollars. That million dollars is not required to be distributed for another 10 years. So the daughter can enjoy more tax-free growth of that million dollar before she has to completely withdraw it and at that point she would have to put it somewhere else, invest it somewhere else. This uh summarizes everything I just talked about. Left hand side is the do nothing scenario. Mom paid taxes of 120,000 and daughter paid taxes of 93,000. That left uh potential after income tax inheritance 589,000. Middle scenario, the IRA paid for the taxes. Total taxes due at the bottom 76,000, daughter gets 772,000. And then final scenario, mom wrote a check every year for the conversions. Total taxes at the bottom still 76,000 but the daughter got a million dollars a million73,000. So that’s the power of these Roth conversions. Usually at this point hopefully this is getting some people excited either for themselves where they don’t have to take the required distribution for themselves. They don’t have to pay higher taxes on those distributions possibly going through Irma uh search charges on Medicare or if they want to help their beneficiaries. Right? This is a motivating conversation, but when you look at these charts, you say, “I don’t know what’s the best thing for me. How can I figure all this out? I don’t know my tax rates today. There’s some special standard deductions going on in the tax code for the next couple what what does all this mean for me?” But again, going back to our financial planning capabilities, this is a tax bracket report. This summarizes everything I just put in the last four to five charts. This is a personalized look at your tax rates, not only now, not only 5 years from now, but for the next 20 to 30 years, counting in those required distributions. This is usually the way the graphs go. And this is usually what we’re looking for. But left-hand side, somebody’s still working for a few years, your tax rates are going to be higher. When you stop working, you can see those blue bars really go away. That’s your tax income base. Income tax base. That’s how much you’re paying your taxes on. And that’s moving through the marginal tax brackets. The green one being the 12% bracket. So, you can notice in this example that we could pinpoint ideally when you stop working, you’re going to have some very low tax years. You’re going to have possibly that standard deduction in there that you might not be uh fully taken advantage of. And then when you turn 73 or 75, the taxes are going to start up, the required distributions are going to start up. So, we pinpoint that low tax year. So, we look at the bottom and we say, well, the do nothing strategy that leaves you with uh total tax liability $746,000 that you paid to state and local taxes. And on the bottom, you have a total portfolio value of 2.1 million. How can we improve this for yourself? How can we improve this for your beneficiary? So what we’ll do is in the interview process, right, when we’re gathering this information, we’ll identify the years to look at low taxes. And then when we identify those low tax years, we’re going to say, “All right, we can, in this example, fill up a tax bracket. We could fill up the 10% bracket. We could fill up the 22% bracket. We could do sideby-side comparisons. We could do a specific dollar amount, 20,000 a year, 50,000 a year. We can look at all these different scenarios. And on the bottom, we’re going to pick on what accounts to convert. When I say that, that is your pre-tax accounts that you have to pay taxes or your beneficiaries have to play pay taxes. But if we put all this together right here, we’re illustrating the Roth conversion as denoted by yellow. Yellow is filling up that 12% tax bracket. So, we kind of spread out the taxes, the future taxation. We filled up that low 12% bracket. And at the bottom, just by using the 12% bracket, we have tax savings in this example of $112,000. And we’ve also added ending portfolio value to the beneficiaries of an additional $600,000 by having this Roth conversion conversation. So, there’s still some taxation here. We didn’t complete everything. We didn’t convert everything. Sometimes it gets very expensive to do something like that. But I always say everybody should consider this conversation. And when you consider this conversation, really what you’re trying to focus on is number one, does it save me in taxes? Could hurt you as well. Could cost you more taxes. So we want these numbers to be on your side. Is it going to save me in taxes? And then number two, does it add portfolio value to my uh estate to my beneficiaries as well. So, next thing uh we’re going to talk about, right, shifting gears a little bit, just uh charitable giving. I know we talked about that uh previously, but when you’re in an IRA, you’ve done your rollover, you’re in an IRA account, you have the ability to do something that’s called a qualified charitable distribution, a QCD. If you’re not familiar with this, you need to be over 70 and a half years old. And a lot of times this will be kind of mirrored with your required distributions, but this is available in the IRA. And basically what you’re doing is you’re telling your retirement account or your IRA, take a certain amount each year and give that to charity on my behalf. It’s not you doing it. You don’t take constructive receipt of the funds. But by doing that, this will count as your required distribution. And this is not taxable to you. So, another benefit of the rollover to the IRA account is some of the charitable giving uh considerations. So, we could talk about this in greater detail. I think the number this year it’s up to 111,000 per person you could do as a qualified charitable distribution. There’s also something that’s called a QAC. If you’re using uh IRA accounts, QAC is a qualified longevity annuity contract. Not in 401ks. They’re in IRA. Number one, it’s a longevity contract. So, it’s the government offering you a way to make sure you never run out of money. So, this will pay you for life. But this is also a way if you’re doing the calculations, if you find yourself with a high taxation, a high required distribution, you could remove up to $210,000 from the IRA portfolios, put it in a qualified uh longevity annuity contract, defer your required distributions. is really you could push it all the way back to age 85. So if you’ve ever heard about those, we could talk about that in greater detail as well. And then finally in the charitable giving I just kind of put down here as well naming your beneficiary as a charity. We’ve had some clients that they just don’t have anybody. They don’t have any beneficiaries. I have the conversation it’s going to go to the estate. It’s going to go through probate. The judge is going to have the same problem that you’re having right now. So, if you have any uh charities that you’re you’re fond of, that you participate in, that you’d like to support, you can name a charity as the beneficiary of your IRA. The good thing is at that point, nobody pays the taxes. You didn’t pay the taxes because it was left in the IRA. Charity doesn’t pay the taxes when they receive the uh the gift as well. I know I promised a couple times a company stock. Uh this might affect a few of you. It might be uh few and far between, but if you have uh company stock in your 401k, it has to be company stock. And really for this conversation, it has to be uh substantial gains, right? So if you work for a company that’s really highly appreciated, maybe you’re at a technology company. Uh I know those tech stocks have been doing great. So what you can do is you could take advantage of something called the NUA, net unrealized appreciation. I’m not going to spend a lot of time on this, but if you find yourself in these categories, if you want to learn more about this, uh, basically this NUA, net unrealized appreciation, allows you to swap ordinary uh, taxation, ordinary income taxes on your stock, you could swap that for the more preferential capital gains tax treatment. So, instead of going through all the marginal tax brackets, uh, for most people, the, uh, capital gains taxation is 15%. But again, if you feel you may fall in this category at all, if you want to run some examples, um, we could talk about this as well, but you must take a lump sum in distribution. So, you must take everything out of the plan and then the original basis in the stock is going to be immediately taxable to you as well. So, bigger conversation here, but uh, again, if you find yourself in that situation, happy to have some of those conversations with you. So, finally, right, we’re going to talk about uh getting rollover ready. There’s a couple things that go along with this. Uh, everybody has a 401k that goes through a plan administrator. So, you have an administrator. For some people, right, it’s Fidelity, some might be Vanguard, some empower. You’re going to have all these different plan administrators. So, this slide is really based on your plan administrator, what they require. So, sometimes we’ll talk to talk to plan administrators. We’ll do a rollover. They’ll take the instructions over the phone. Some plans will have their own paperwork that need to be filled out. It’s a bit of a chore. Sometimes it’s 10, 15 pages long, requires notaries and things like that. So, if you found yourself in that position, I’m pretty detailed, pretty familiar with all those forms. So, we can help you navigate through that as well. So, you want to check with the uh plan administrator, right? see if I’m eligible. If you’ve left work, you really have to wait one to two pay cycles before the rollover is ready to be performed. If you’re over 59 and a half and your plan administrator allows it, you have that inservice rollover opportunity for you as well. You just want to touch base with either HR or the plan administrator to get that paperwork. When you go to initiate a rollover, the first thing they’re going to ask you is if you’ve seen the 402F, they will call it the special tax statement. Special tax statement. It kind of recaps all the things that we’re talking about today. But you need to get that. You need to review that. You need to understand that 402F special tax statement. Basically, it means if you do a rollover, it’s going into an IRA. You do it correctly. It’s not taxable. If you do a distribution, it’s all taxable and they’re going to withhold 20%. So, you want to make sure you’re reviewing your 402F. Make sure you get the uh paperwork to open. You need an account to put the funds in. So, you have to have a a home base for the account. We help with this as well, whether some funds are going to the credit union, savings account, IRA, CD, IRA, investment account. We’ll help coordinate and get those account numbers set up and uh ready for the rollover as well. just confirming what the custodian needs for the rollover. What this means, for example, uh at the credit union, if we receive rollover funds, we need something that’s called a rollover authorization form to document that. So again, we can walk you through that if you have any questions. But whether it’s credit union, whether it’s our investment services, you just want to make sure you know what the new custodian IRA account is going to need for that rollover. uh complete it, turn it in, and it is up to them as far as what their processing times are. Again, the major firms are usually pretty quick with processing. Smaller companies, smaller firms, it might take a while. So, you want to make sure you ask those questions and you know uh what the timetable is going to be for a rollover like this. Uh next, this is really important. This is uh two types of rollovers uh direct and indirect rollover. A direct rollover is really what we’ve been talking about today. The plan, the 401k, the uh retirement plan sends funds directly to your new IRA, your new IRA custodian. And the key there is custodian. The funds are not sent to you. So, they’re sent to the custodian. That’s a direct rollover that is not taxable. The other one is a indirect rollover. And really this concept applies to 401ks, qualified plans, and it also uh applies to IRA accounts. So if you’re moving IRA to IRA, you just always want to make sure that you’re doing these direct rollovers or direct IRA transfers. The indirect means that the check the funds are sent to you. You’ve taken constructive receipt immediately becomes all taxable. So, not a great situation. If you’re dealing with 401k plans, they’re going to withhold 20% right away. Send it to the government. So, you’re 20% in the hole to begin with. Now, you do have there is a 60-day rule. So, if you put all that money back within 60 days, then you’ve saved yourself and it’s not taxable. A few caveats to that. It’s 60 days, so you could not have done this the 12 months before the 60 days. you cannot do it again in the 12 months after otherwise the whole thing would be taxable. So that is the 60-day rule. Even if you fell in this situation, the plan, the 401k, the qualified plan is already withheld 20%. So you already have a 20% taxable distribution that’s gone to the IRS. So you have to be careful with these indirect rollovers. Basically, it looks like this, right? This is a check. These checks are never made out directly to you. However, they’re for your benefit. FBO. So, example of a check, right? Rollover check. This is what we want to see. Uh maybe the first part will say Alliant Credit Union FBO for benefit of and then your name. You’ve successfully completed a direct rollover or a direct IRA transfer. You’ll notice this check is not technically made out to you. It’s for your benefit. So, when you get this check, it’s made out to the credit union. Don’t need to sign it. It’s for your benefit. it goes into your account. But that’s uh that’s what a direct rollover check would look like as well. Just going to wrap up uh just quickly, right? Uh some common mistakes, missing deadlines, maybe the plan administrator only opens a certain window uh during the year to let you do these rollovers. That’s a little more prevalent in pension plans. So, if you have a pension plan that you’ve been thinking about doing a rollover, this is on the table as rollover, but watch out for some of those deadlines. Watch your 60-day rules. Watch your beneficiaries, right? rules have changed a couple years ago with the Secure Act and the Secure Act 2.0. If you have a couple different IAS, 401k accounts, you just want to make sure as you’re doing this process and consolidating accounts, you have the correct beneficiaries on there. [snorts] Rolling over company stock. If it’s highly appreciated company stock, we may have the ability to find you some tax savings in there. If you don’t pay off your loans before the rollover, it’s going to be a taxable distribution of the loan. So, it might be a little surprised when you do your taxes. And then again uh cashing out or taking an indirect rollover and [clears throat] u the proper beneficiaries or naming a beneficiary as well at all. So uh with all this we’re just shy of an hour. Um how can we help? Right. I talked about financial planning. So we can help you put this all together. Create a financial plan a retirement income plan. How much do I need? What accounts do I need? How can I tax efficiently do this for myself and for my beneficiaries? We could advise on the investment options, review your current options and your goals, look at some of the volatility that we’ve been facing in the markets, see if this is what the correct course of action is for you going forward. We could talk about consolidating of different accounts. If you’ve collected a few of these retirement accounts over the years, we could coordinate these conversations with starting social security. We could run examples either starting late or starting early and uh Medicare guidance, right? We could talk about Medicare and how Roth conversions or required distributions may increase or may give you a search charge on the Medicare uh part B premiums. And right, we put it all together in a uh concise form for you. This is uh again our uh output from a financial plan. So I’m just uh starting a poll here. I’m going to get to your uh questions, but we’ve gone over this a few times, but this just answers all the questions really. Do I have enough? Where am I going to draw it from? What the kids what the kids are going to receive? When do I start a social security? And why am I doing all this? Right? Where where is it all leading to? So happy to help uh answer any of those questions you may have on your individual situation or the topic today. Um this is my contact information. I always say call, click, or visit. Call [snorts] or the phone. we could have a conversation, answer some of those questions for you if they’re a little more uh personal than today’s uh chat can handle. Um, click right if you scan that QR code. Uh, that’s going to take you to my calendar link. It sets up a Zoom meeting for us just like this to talk about some of these important topics and visit. I’m in the credit union headquarters in Chicago, right outside of O’Hare. If you find yourself in the general greater Chicagoland area and you’d like to meet in person, credit union is still open for investment meetings and financial planning so we can meet in person as well. Uh when we wrap up here, the credit union sends an email out on my behalf, gives you my contact information, my link to my calendar, you can send me an email, questions, we we could talk through all those important topics for you. But with that said, I’m going to look at some of those questions. If there’s anything else that’s coming to mind, feel free again go into that chat feature or Q&A feature. We’ll get all these answered and we’ll get you on with your uh Wednesday afternoon. So, a question came in here. Can I take my required distribution at age 73 from a pre-tax IRA to a Roth IRA? Okay, great question. So [snorts] when you are at the required distribution age, you have to take your required distribution first before you’d be eligible for any Roth conversion. So when you take your required distribution, you can’t simply just take that and put that into a Roth IRA. Got to take the money out, you got to pay the taxes on it, and then you could do a Roth conversion. Now, one caveat, right? All my answers are usually it depends. if you are still working, if you have a spouse that is still working, you are still going to be eligible for a Roth IRA contribution. So, you could take out your required distribution, you could pay the taxes on it, and then you could put that back into a Roth IRA because you still have eligibility, right? Somebody is still working because you need earned income on those Roth IAS. Uh, a question came in, um, I missed the required distribution ages, right? 7375. If I was born in 1955, am I able to convert from a company plan to a Roth? Uh, so good question. So, number one, born in 1955, your required distribution age is 73. So, regardless of the required distribution age, a Roth conversion is available to anyone at any time for any dollar amount. You still have to take your required distribution, but anybody can do a Roth conversion, any amount. The government would love if you do all of it at once and you pay a huge tax bill on it, but you are able to convert. Now, the only thing I would say is in your question, am I able to convert from a company plan to a Roth? I would hope so. Company plans, maybe they’ve adopted the conversions. Some have, some haven’t. So, you might not be able to do it at the company plan. If you do a company plan rollover, right, our topic today, if you do the rollover to the traditional IRA, then you can do a conversion for whatever you want, whenever you want. Another question came in, right, there was a thank you uh thank you for joining. And another question, uh when can I have an appointment with you? Again, uh scanning the QR code that will take you right to the uh calendar link. Uh there’ll be an email that comes out and email will have a link to my calendar as well. Get to know you if you’d like to learn more about our services and my background. That’s a 30inut conversation. We’ll kind of lay the the ground the framework for future conversations and some planning just to make sure we’re a good fit for for doing some of this. But that would be the 30 minute meeting option. And then we have longer time slots available if we want to go into bigger cons uh conversations or financial planning. Uh, let me see. Is the meeting free? So, we don’t charge for these conversations. We’re not going to charge you to answer some of your questions. We’re not going to charge you to put these financial plans together. Uh, the question was, I don’t have an investment at Alliant, and I only have CDs. Well, you are a member of Alliant Credit Union, so we are big on members helping members. So, we’re going to help you out with uh some of these uh issues and questions, get you on the right path. I always say, you know, we’ll have these conversations. Hopefully, we’ll put you in a better position than we found you in either tax- wise or uh income distribution wise, but um you know, I kind of wear two hats here. So, certified financial planner, so we could have these planning conversations, but you mentioned you don’t have investments at Alliant. We do offer investment services as well. So happy to do a uh a review for you, analyze current portfolios, see if we could do anything on um any investments that would help you with your goals, reduce fees, reduce volatility. So yeah, we do quite a bit here as well. So happy to help you with the investment side of everything as well. Uh another question came in. Is it advisable to do the Roth rollover to uh to do the 401k rollover to a Roth IRA earlier rather than later? [snorts] So you are talking about a conversion. You’re going to convert your money hopefully systematically over time to a Roth. Now two-part question there earlier rather than later. I could take that as calendar year. Some clients in January will say I completely know my tax situation for the year. There’s going to be no surprises. I am positive on the markets. I believe we’re going to have a good year in 2026 or 2027. I want to convert the money earlier in the year rather than later to get the appreciation in the market in the taxfree Roth. So that’s calendar year. The other way I kind of look at your question is agewise. Um that’s a uh kind of a function of these conversions. The younger you are, the longer you have to compound taxfree in the Roth IRA. So everyone’s going to be a little bit different. love to run the scenarios for you but uh really in your question earlier rather than later gives you more taxfree timing taxfree growth in there. Another question here if I convert small amounts from traditional to Roth annually do I need separate Roth accounts or can I consolidate into one? So you do not need separate Roths. You do it all into one. We just kind of do it as he said systematically over time year after year. put it into the Roth whenever you please for what’sever best for your situation. Uh it depends on your age to answer this because if you are over 59 and a half and if you’ve own any Roth account for 5 years that’s all going to be tax-free to you. So you don’t have to track the conversions if you’re over 59 12 you just have to have any Roth for 5 years and if usually if people are doing the Roth conversions going to hold on to it for 5 years uh anyhow. So, uh, you don’t have to worry about any of that. You can use the same Roth account and you don’t have to, uh, track those conversions. Let me see. I think, um, see if anybody came in on the Q&A.

    Yeah, there was a question. Uh, we did a whole presentation on this last week, two weeks ago. Uh, somebody brought up the please discuss eligible beneficiaries, eligible designated beneficiaries in the context of the 10-year distribution for inherited IRA. I did an hour long hourlong presentation on beneficiaries and eligible beneficiaries. So, I’m going to try to recap this as quick as I can. You have a good question, so you may want to talk to me individually just to make sure you’re doing the right thing. I run into situations where people are not doing the right thing and there is a tax penalty for not doing this the right way. But now there’s two different categories. Uh eligible designated beneficiary retain the lifetime stretch of the IRA little bit of tax every year for a long long period of time. Eligible uh designated beneficiaries are going to be spouse uh beneficiary not more than 10 years younger uh disabled individuals, chronically ill individuals, minor children up until the time they’re 21, but those would be eligible. They get the stretch option. Everybody else is not an eligible designated beneficiary. Everybody else has to take the money out within 10 years. So, a lot of rules that kind of swirl around that, but happy to uh discuss that with you. And final one here. I have a 401k at a previous employer. Can I do a Roth conversion without HR involved? I’m over 59 and a half. Uh I would say it depends. It depends on the uh plan administrator. So, a lot of times HR is not involved in these conversations. Sometimes they are. Uh it depends who your plan administrator are. I would call them and say, “Hey, I want to do the Roth conversion.” Uh, it’s a previous employer, so you are eligible to do our presentation today, the rollover. So, you can roll over into an IRA, have it invested, and you can do the conversion whenever you want to for whatever dollar amount you want to hopefully with the help of a adviser that walks you through the taxation implica implications of that. But that would put you in control of the Roth conversation without worrying about plan administrators, HR representatives, or anything like that. I think with that said, uh, just over an hour. I hate to do that, but we got all the questions answered. Shared some good information on rollover IAS all in the comfort of your home today. Any questions that I can answer, please feel free to reach out or respond back to the email that the credit union sends. If you did uh answer in the poll that we put out, we’ll reach out to you as well and try to set up a time to uh talk a little bit more and help you out. Appreciate everyone’s time today. Hope you have a great afternoon and hopefully we can talk soon. Take care everyone.

  • 08/26/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY SOCIAL SECURITY PLANNING – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Their Retirement Income

    Well, good afternoon everybody. Thank you so much for joining me today to learn a little bit more about social security. What baby boomers need to know before their ret uh um about their retirement income. Uh this is a pretty uh popular topic that I do. I do this pretty much every quarter. I do this four times a year and uh usually get a lot of questions and a lot of people would like to get together usually typically after these to discuss what when to take social security in relation to the rest of their retirement whether they should take it early or wait to take it later at you know maybe at a reduced amount early or an enhanced amount later uh what works in your specific plan. I’m going to go through this presentation here and I hope that you at the end of the presentation you will select yes when I put up the survey at the end if you would like to have a one-on-one conversation uh and it’s a no obligation no um you know so and this is a complimentary thing that we do uh these presentations and the full retirement plan that is also a complimentary thing that I do offer of many people that I talk to say here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path? Can I retire when I want to? Should I take social security early? Should I take it on time at my full retirement age or potentially even later? And this complimentary plan that I do offer, it’s very comprehensive and it’s certainly something that you could take advantage of just to find out what you should be doing in retirement. How should you be invested? More aggressive, more conservative if you’re going to to retire at 65 or 66 or 67. And uh people say, “Well, should I be backing off on my investments?” Maybe, maybe not. Uh hopefully, you’re still a long-term investor um at that age. So, um it’s certainly something that you and I can look at together um as we talk about your retirement plan.

    Uh I do have to share that because this does come up quite a bit on every presentation that me and my team that we do uh we are not able to uh record and distribute these or even the deck or the slides uh on these. So uh and we do have to tell other people that you are not allowed to record and distribute these presentations as well.

    Uh I do have coming up some other presentations. Uh savvy tax planning, different types of retirement accounts and traditional Roth taxable accounts uh like brokerage or savings that you get taxed on every year. What does all this mean in your retirement? Learn a little bit about that Tuesday, September 8th at 6:00 p.m. Central time. Uh this is uh for educational purposes and again this is the do not distribute. So, sorry about that.

    Uh, next presentation I have is Wednesday, September 23rd. Uh, that’s the home stretch, the seven things to do before retirement. Uh, that’s also another popular topic talking u many different stages of as you get close to retirement, everything that you should be looking at is uh that’s a very good uh presentation for that. Uh you do have access to a lot of our um educational resources here at Alliant. You can see what other webinars you can uh take a screenshot if you want to take a picture of this page and you can certainly look up uh to see what webinars uh are coming up, different topics that you might be interested at at various times. We do have other people that do presentations in other states uh in California, in Colorado, in Texas, Utah. We have someone doing presentations there. And here in Illinois, our uh invests podcast you can listen to. And our Aerys uh Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, that’s what the Aerys stands for. Our website and blog. Uh this is a lot of the things that I do offer. uh this is you know complimentary uh financial planning the upper left there again that’s what I uh had mentioned uh certainly different types of advanced planning when we look at you know when you someone should be doing Roth conversions uh converting from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA estate planning is a very um important thing that you should be hopefully looking at whether it’s trust wills powers of attorney uh power of attorney for healthcare power of attorney for financial matters, um, investment management. Again, a big thing that we do, we have, um, uh, quite a bit of assets here at the credit union and also in in our investment accounts that we do manage. Uh, so it’s certainly something that uh, is available to you in investment management, our comprehensive range of investment choices, many different if you are ultra-conservative to ultraaggressive. Hopefully, we can help you. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. I’m an Alliant employee. Uh, and this is again something that we do. Uh, you know, a very a complimentary thing and hopefully uh I will get to know you more on a one-on-one basis as I do uh talk about options available to you of uh what’s available for different types of retirement planning. I hope you and I will have a one-on-one conversation. So, as we get going, people are hurting their retirements by making terrible, costly decisions about Social Security. As I go through the presentation here today, if you do have any questions, you do have access to chat box or the Q&A question and answer box. If you think of a question as I’m going through the presentation e if a slide sparks something uh go ahead and type a question in in one of those the chat or the Q&A and those will hold till the end of the presentation and I will take those questions at the end and I’ll remind that a couple of times during the presentation. Things to know about social security. You have many different claiming options. Decisions have far-reaching consequences. Choice impacts both spouses. So, if you are going to take social security early, if you happen to pass away when you pass away, uh if you have a surviving spouse still, are they going to be getting a higher income or a lower income based on when you take your social security system is not bankrupt nor Ponzi scheme? We’re going to talk uh at the beginning here about how social security is funded and how long it’s going to last and what happens in about the 2033 34 35 range. Uh benefits helped a family member and your friends friends are not the experts. Just because a friend or relative does uh a strategy of social security that may be uh tip appropriate for you but it may not be appropriate for you. So, it’s certainly something that you and I can have that conversation to find out what is best for you. Uh, baby boomers want to know. Will social security be there for them? Uh, how much uh can they expect to receive? When should they apply for social security? How to maximize the benefits? And will social security be enough to live on in retirement? Understanding the value of social security. Will it be there for you? So, in social security, how your so our social security trust fund is funded is through our paychecks. Um, or if you’re self-employed, you pay into social security. If you’re a worker working for a company, 6.2% of your income goes into social security. If you are working for a company, then that company matches your 6.2%. So, 12.4% 4% of your income goes into the social security trust fund. So at the end of 2024, we could see that this trust fund was worth $2.721 trillion. And then in 2005, $1.449 trillion is funded into out of our paychecks into the Social Security trust fund. And then 1.6 6 trillion went out to pay people on social security. So these numbers were reversed a little bit a few years ago, not that long ago. There was more money coming in than there was going out. Now there is more money going out than there is coming in. We could see that that uh that shortfall was $229 billion last year. And how much will it be this year? We’ll find out. Um but we see this trust fund balance went from 2.721 trillion down to 2.561 trillion. So every year that is starting to tick down. What does that look like on this pretty chart here is we could see uh that what is going out is the orange line. That’s the schedule payments. And you could see back in the early 2000s there was more money going or coming in than there was going out. And then that passed where it switched where there’s more money going out than there is coming in. And now we’re starting to see that trust fund go down because they’re covering that shortfall in the year 2034 35 in that range. It is projected if nothing is done that this could go to a zero balance. And if it does go to a zero balance, it doesn’t mean that social security is done. It’s when we look at that middle box there where it says payable benefits as a percent of scheduled benefits. We could see in 2034 that about 81% is going to be covered. So is there going to be reduction in pay in 2034? uh and then be beyond and then 299 and even lesser percent. So PE it’s a it is a pay as you go strategy where money comes in every year and money goes out. Now, there’s more people coming out of the workforce than there is going into the workforce with baby boomers retiring at record levels. And every year, every day, some more people are retiring, coming out of the workforce, eventually going on social security. And then there’s some people coming into the workforce, but there’s more going out than coming in. So, what are some of the fixit on here? Right now, if you make more than $184,500

    uh in 2026, if you make that or less, then 6.2% of every paycheck goes into uh the Social Security trust fund. If you make, let’s say, 200,000 of income, that 15,500 does not get taxed, the 6.2%. So everything above 184,500 does not pay 6.2%. So if someone’s making 250,000 500,000, a million or more, uh they are only paying social security taxes the 6.2% on their first 184,500. So are they going to increase that? Are they going to make it more 200,000 250,000 everyone all income? Who knows what is going to happen there? But uh but that is certainly one of the things that could be done. Raise the normal retirement age currently. I mean it was 65 then it was 66 and then 66 and 2 months 4 months 6 months 8 months 10 months and then now it’s 67. Uh so are they going to make younger people wait till 68, 69 or even 70? Uh lower benefits for uh future retirees. So, are benefits going to be cut or are they going to start to take away the cost of living adjustments? Uh, statistically about a 2ish% is what the annual increases are to social security income. Some years is much higher, but then there’s been years where there has been no raise. There are no years that social security will be reduced though. Uh, they’ve protected that, but there are have been some years in the past where from one year to another there is no raise. Uh and then we had in 2023 uh after the big high inflation in 2022, there was a uh what 8.7% increase in social security in 2023 because of the high inflation. Then it went down to 5.9% the next year, then 3.2 the next year. Now we’re back in the twos again for social security increases on average. The bottom line for baby boomers, your benefits are not likely to be uh affected by social security reform. Uh you know, people that are on social security now. So, what’s a clear way to think about social security? It’s an inflation protected income. You’ve paid the premium and every paycheck. So, be smart about how you and when you collect. Social Security offers income you can’t outlive. If your monthly income, let’s say $2,000 a month, uh, that you are receiving today, and if you last 10 years on social security, that would be $262,793.

    This is assuming 2% annual increases in that income. If you live 20 years, that is 583,000. 30 years on social security with those increases. Little under a,973,000 is the total income uh received from social security. What does that look like on a paycheck if you have uh with those annual increases? If you’re getting $2,000 a month today with average of 2% annual increases in 10 years, your income will be 2438. 20 years 2972 and in 30 years 3623. Every year we hope to get that on average 2% cost of living increase. It’s a little bit under what national average inflation is. Talk about a uh 3ish% in uh in inflation on an average. some years higher, some years lower. But statistically, if there’s a cost of uh you know, a living uh if the things cost more the next year, your social security will go up, but probably not as much. Uh the good and the bad when we talk about um you know, with social security increases is that’s a good thing. Uh typically, if you’re on social security and you’re on Medicare, your Medicare Part B payments come out of your Social Security payment. And it seems that every year there’s an increase in social security income, uh, Medicare premiums go up, too. So, you don’t you’re not getting quite the full raise because the typically uh that Medicare premium comes out um a little bit higher each year as well. How much can you expect to receive? It’s how much you earned over your working career, the age at which you apply for benefits. So at age 62, your earnings are tallied and uh indexed for inflation. So uh if you work till age 62, that’s kind of when your numbers are calculated. It’s based on your highest 35 years of working, not your last 35, not the last average of the, you know, some people think, isn’t it the last 5 or 10 year average, it’s your highest 35 years of working. They have this AIME, average index monthly earnings calculation that they do out of all your 35 years of working. I could tell you that if you had, let’s say, 30 years of working, maybe you took some years off, maybe you were raising children, you had 30 years of working, it’s still based on your highest 35. So you will have 30 numbers and you will have five zeros that bring your average down. Now if you work one more year 31 years now you have 31 numbers and four zeros. So your average will increase. So but it is based on 35 numbers whether those are income or zeros. Uh so they do have this uh funky calculation when they’re doing these um you know on how much you’re they’re doing. what they’re doing kind of behind the scenes to figure out your exact income is based on the age that you take it and what your income has been over those years. Benefit is increased each year by cost of living adjustments. Uh it’s good to know, but why shouldn’t I claim as early as age 62 instead of delaying till full retirement age? And we’ll look at those ages or even 70. That’s the latest you can take it for an enhanced amount for a higher income. Your monthly benefit will be reduced if you claim early. It may also be reduced for taxes and Medicare premiums. Uh and benefits could be withheld if you work. If you take it early and you work, you could be your benefits are uh withheld from you. And we’ll look at exactly how that works. I’ll throw another reminder that if you do have a question and so um on this topic, uh go ahead and type it in the chat box or the Q&A box. question and answer box and I will get to those at the end. When should you apply for benefits? Uh health issues, health has a big uh effect on that. Life expectancy, need for income, sometimes you just have to get that income sooner than later. Uh whether or not you plan to work and survivor needs, remember when we talked about if you take a lower number, if you pass away, your spouse could potentially get a lower uh in I’ll call it inherited amount. um or that spousal benefit amount I’ll say. Uh but uh if you wait and delay and you pass away and with a higher income that spousal benefit could be higher for that survivor. So when I talk about health status I talk about my my parents situation typically my dad uh my dad had his first heart attack at age 49. He had a heart attack heart attack heart attack. He had another bypass at age well he had a bypass at 51 and then he had another bypass at age 64. So he had a lot of heart issues. Uh so when he turned 62 he was I’m taking it while the taken’s good. I don’t know long how how long I’m going to be here. Uh he did end up passing away at age 75. Still financially it was not a bad decision to take it early. uh that break even is usually in that late 70s, 78 to 80 years old or so. Uh that if someone thinks, okay, if I live that long or longer, maybe I should wait to take it. Um because those higher income uh that higher income will be compounded so much more uh for those years that you’re on social security. But if you do pass away younger in your late 60s or even early 70s, some people will say then well maybe you should take it early. However, we don’t know when those dates will come. Uh that day that comes for each of us. So, uh it’s certainly something that how do we plan this for whether you are here for a shorter time in retirement or a longer time? That’s what that retirement plan that I’m offering is going to help with uh with that decision. Will social security be enough to live on in retirement? Probably not. uh for many people uh full retirement age. So based on your birth year, so if you could just see what year you were born, uh you could see when your full retirement age is, I could say that 1959. If you were born within the next two months, you’re going to be at your full retirement age in October. If you were born December of 1959, you will be 66 and 10 months this October. um then that is your full retirement age. Other than that, everyone else is age 67.

    What if you apply early for benefits? How does that look? How much of a reduced benefit will you be getting? So, looking at the middle column, age 66, the FRA means full retirement age. Uh so, this is the full retirement age of 66. You can see it’s a 100% benefit. If that person took it early at age 65, it’s about 6.7% taken off. And if you’re 64, then you get 86.7% of your full benefit. 63, 20% is taken off. And 62, 25% is taken off. Now if you are age uh you know full retirement age as 67 and you took yours as early as 62 30% is taken um that you do not get by taking it that early. Some people have the argument but that’s five more years of income. Um isn’t that doesn’t that do better again that break even is between age 78 and 80. uh that yes you do get longer more years of income but that reduced income uh compounding with those cost of living increases of average 2% um that income does not compound as fast as with higher numbers that will be started if you take it later. What if you even delay it? What if you don’t want to take it at 66 or 67 and you want to delay it to get an even higher income? If your full retirement age is 66, um then you can get as uh 132%. You can get 32% more by waiting until age 70. So you could see the increments of how much more you get at 67 68 69 or 70. But if you are able to delay at till 70, uh that’s a big increase in that income. So some people will say why would I delay that long? Um, some of the reasons are that some people will say maybe I’ll just love live off of my own assets until then. Um, you know, because you’re paying taxes on social security income. Hopefully not right now until 2028. I’ll touch on that a little bit more uh with the uh the taxes uh the tax changes from last year and how that’s affecting uh taxable income for social security and those additional deductions for social security. So, if your full retirement age is age 67, the most you can get is a 24% increase by waiting until age 70. So, how do you find your estimates? Um, ssa.gov will get you there. Um, you’ll have to create a login. If you have not done this, you’re going to create um a login for this so you can uh and I get emails every year after we file taxes. Excuse me. After we all file taxes, then social security gets your income and it kind it adjusts your average. Did you have higher income? Did you have lower income or even no income? And every year your numbers are updated. And I get an email, you know, a few months after I file. It says, “Your new Social Security numbers are ready to view.” And then I can log into the Social Security site to see what my income is going to be based on the various ages. And you can go on. It’s a very uh userfriendly site once you’re in there that you can say, well, what if I took it at, you know, my full retirement age is 67. What if I took it at 66 or 65 or 64? And I can just plug those in and it tells me exactly what I’m going to be getting based on today’s numbers. And then what if I delay it till 68, 69, or even 70, it’ll tell me those numbers as well. Uh, so you have a few different websites here, but ssa.gov gov will get you there. Why delay benefits? So, this is uh we’re going to look at the column where it says 67, age 67 or I’m sorry, the row that says age 67. Uh so, you can go across there and it is that’s the 100%. So this is the full retirement age of this hypothetical person is age 67 and their income going to the right is 3,000 a month based on their um you know uh their previous income years and things like that. So they are eligible for 3,000 a month. If that person is 62 today and they see these numbers they say well if I take it at 62 I’m going to get 2100. That’s that 30% knocked off. Uh or if I wait till 63 and 64. Now to the column to the right of that, the far right column is showing what your income is would be with 2% annual increases. Um so you could see those numbers a little bit higher because it’s assuming a 62y old by the time you’re 67 it won’t be uh 3,000 a month. It’ll actually be 3,312. uh if there are average of 2% cost of living increases. So the middle column is showing just the raw numbers and the right column is showing that if there are an average of 2% annual increases. Here’s where that makes a difference. Or even if you wait till age 70, what that income looks like and you could see there’s a big difference on the far column to the right taking it at 62 at 2100 versus 70 at 4359. That is a big difference in income.

    So more income later on. So when we look at if you are if you claim at age 62 uh by the time you’re 70, your 2,000 a month will be uh I’m sorry, your 3,000 a month benefit uh will be at age 62 uh is 2,400. Um let me go back a screen. I’m so sorry. It would be 2100. that 2100 by the time the person is 70 would be 2460 all the way out to age 100 you could see it’s 4457. Now look to the if you claim it at 67 by the time you’re 70 that income is 3500 age 100 6300 and if waiting till 70 there’s a big increases now and the higher your income is the more those compounded 2% annual increases can be affected. Uh so you can see there’s a big difference but again what is your specific need? Do you need to take it earlier? Do you just want to take it earlier? Uh just for your specific lifestyle, whatever is going on at that age. Uh but uh that’s what that hopefully if you say yes, that uh that retirement plan that I can offer will help us figure out or help you figure out when should you be taking social security. Should you take it earlier, on time, full retirement age or even later based on your specific uh what other assets that you saved? So again, another reminder just uh that if you do have some questions, I know there’s a couple uh that you can uh type away in the chat box or the Q&A box and ask away and I’ll get to those at the end. So, how do you maximize your benefits? Uh logging in, you could see make sure number one, it’s accurate. Uh are there any years missing? Was there any income? Mine seemed pretty spot-on when I had logged into mine, but you never know if there are any errors. somewhere and can you improve it by working longer? So, if someone’s going to re if you’re looking, let’s say you’re 58 years old, just to throw out an age, you’re 58 and you’re saying, I think I’ve saved enough, I would love to retire now. Um, and then when you’re going to look at your social security income in the future, again, the earliest you can take it is 62. Um, and then your full retirement age would be 67. So, you’re 58 years old, you’re thinking you want to retire and you see your social security numbers, but just so you do know if you’re under the age of 62, there is an assumption that you’re going to keep working making similar income. So, you do have there is a way to show that to say that if your income is going to stop uh then you can uh work with social security to say or on the site to say if I’m not going to have income after the age of 58. So, um, maybe so how much is my social security going to be if I don’t continue to work? Cuz if you remember, your income is calculated at age 62.

    Apply for Social Security at the optimal time. So, consider your income needs both now and in the future, your life expectancy, and your spouse’s life expectancy. Again, for spousal death benefits, is that going to carry over to uh a lower number to the surviving spouse or a higher number? Taxation of benefits. First, we’re going to look at what does this if you take your social security early. This is not if you take it at your full retirement age. This page only applies if you take your social security before your full retirement age at 66, 65, 64, 63, or even 62. If you apply early um and you make more you choose to work and you make more than $24,480 and that’s what the number is for this year 2026. Um if you make more than that $1 of every two is withheld uh from social security. So we said that earlier that if you make too much money if you take it early then there could be benefits withheld. That’s what this is doing. So, $1 of every two is if you make more than 24,480. If you make up to that, maybe you just want to work a part-time job, you take your social security early and you just want to make, you know, 10, 15, 20,000, it’s fine. Nothing will be withheld. It’s only if you make more than that 24,480 just to make sure. If you are full retirement age, if you are age, let’s say you’re 67, your full retirement age is 67, you start social security, but you do not uh stop working. You continue to work. You can make as much as you want and you do not it doesn’t nothing is withheld. Uh so there this I’ll call it penalty quote unquote penalty is only if you take your social security early. uh and the benefit will be adjusted. Now, this is where where I say you don’t lose it. It’s your the benefits are withheld, but they are readjusted when you get to your full retirement age. So, let’s say it’s your turn 67, you took it early. Yes, you worked, you got $1 of every two withheld in the past. It’s all going to be recalculated. Uh so maybe your income would be adjusted hopefully a little higher um at age at your full retirement age in this example age 67. Uh don’t let the annual earnings test discourage you from working. Sometimes you have to do what you have to do. If you need the social security and the job income uh to avoid uh the earnings test, wait until your full retirement age or later to apply for benefits. Again, if you wait till your full retirement age, nothing is withheld. taxation of benefits. So, um how does that work and how much taxes would you pay? So, on here, I’ll cover this first. So, if you are married filing joint, that is the top row here. Um under if you make under 32,000, what they call provisional income, and this is your what’s called your adjusted gross income. Uh if there’s any earnings, interest earnings, dividends, anything that is taxable on here, uh it is your adjusted gross income plus one half of your social security benefit plus any tax-free interest like municipal bond things. If all that is under 32,000, you do not pay taxes on your social security. If it’s between 32 and 44,000, up to 50% of your social security can be taxed. And if it’s over 44,000, then up to 85% of your social security can be taxed. The nice way to say it is that 15% of your social security is tax-free. So up to 85% of your social security can be taxed. Now, we’ll talk a little bit about what’s going on with this 6,000 credit that you know is uh or deduction that some people will get if you’re 65 or over. And if you’re on social security, you can get an additional $6,000 deduction each. So if you’re a single filer, 6,000 deduction. If you’re married filing joint, a $12,000 deduction. But this only goes through to the year 2028. So is that going to be extended beyond that? Is that going to be just stopped? Who knows what’s going to happen? But for now, some people are enjoying an additional 12% deduction. your income has to be below 150,000 a year to get that additional deduction or 75,000 if you’re a single filer. And if you’re on social security, you want that other uh that uh 6,000 or 12,000 deduction. Your income has to be below those levels. 75,000 for a single filer, 150,000 for married filing joint. And you can see also for if you’re a single person where those taxes fit or married filing separately. If you are married filing separately up to or 85% of your social security is automatically taxed. Ways to minimize taxes on social security. Reduce other income or tax advantage investments. Uh anticipate I IRA RMDs required minimum distributions. Uh just so you do know that once you are the age of 73 and beyond and you have to take out of social security I mean out out of your IAS let’s say you have to take out 10,000 20,000 30,000 depending on how much you have in these IAS determines how much you have to take out each year and that is all part of that adjusted gross income. So even if you have no or little income, but if you have to take out big IRA distributions, then your income will be higher and you could pay more taxes on social security then just because of having IRA withdrawals. And I get that you does it have these discussions when people say, “Well, that’s my money. What I mean, yeah, I know I’m paying taxes on it, but why would that affect something else when I’m just withdrawing my own money?” But that’s the way that is. you can start to convert before you take social security. I do have people that are deferring social security until age 70. And even if they retire at 65 or 66, at age 66, 67, 68, 69, they are starting to convert from their traditional IAS to their Roth IAS. While they’re not taking social security yet, so they don’t have to worry about paying taxes on it. They’re trying to stay within an a moderate maybe a 12 or maybe even a 22% tax bracket converting moving money from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. It is a taxable event, but there is absolutely strategy of when you should be doing Roth conversions. Uh and part of that uh that retirement plan that I’m talking about uh offering to you is that uh Roth conversions is a big part of that conversation if that works in your plan. Delay social security uh reduces a number of year your years your benefits are taxed. Uh reduce expenses, pay down debt, adopt a simpler lifestyle. Sometimes easier said than done on that u that line. uh continue to manage taxes throughout retirement. And that retirement plan, we do a forecasting of every year in your retirement, how much you’re anticipating taking out of required distributions, what does your tax uh situation look like going forward. And again, that complimentary plan will help us determine that Medicare can shrink your check. So, here’s where Medicare comes in. Uh so Medicare uh if you’re on Medicare and on social security, your uh payments currently at $22.90 comes out of your social security payment. So your direct deposit will be whatever your income is going to be uh is going to be $22.90 less and then it could be even lower if you choose to withhold taxes from your social security. So, um, you know, very important to know that yes, once you’re on social security, you’re on Medicare, that your Medicare payment does come out of your Social Security payment. When to apply? If you apply early, your benefits start lower and they stay lower for life. Uh, meaning even though with you get the 2% cost of living increases, but you’re compounding on a lower number because you took it early. Cost of living adjustments, colas, magnify the impact of early or delayed claiming. The longer you live, the more beneficial it is to delay benefits. Uh, your benefits may be taxed and reduced uh to cover your Medicare premiums. Don’t let the earnings test discourage you from working. Delay benefits uh delaying benefits may give surviving spouse more income. I’m not going to live long, so why shouldn’t I just claim my benefits when I can? For couples, you should always uh maximize the higher earners benefit to perfect uh protect the surviving spouse. So, here’s an example of uh that we have John and Jane. John makes uh is going to make $2,000 a month in his social security. Jane worked a lot less, maybe took some years off, and her benefit is only $800 a month. When Jane applies, assuming um that Jon applies first and Jane applies at her full retirement age, she is guaranteed to get at least 50% of the primary earners income. So that 2,000 that he’s getting, she will get a,000. So the 800 goes away and she gets a,000 even though she worked less. or even if she didn’t work at all and never even qualified for benefits because she didn’t uh pay into it uh because she stayed home with kids or just did not work for whatever reason. Um that she would still get that thousand a month.

    Primary worker must file first. The spouse must be at least 62, but if the spouse does take it at 62, it’s reduced for her age um uh calculation. and no delayed credit efforts for uh so if the spot if the husband in this case if John waited till age 70 to take his uh the uh Jane in this example does not get 50% of his age 70 number she gets 50% of his age 67 so there’s no uh delayed credits for her for the spouse coordinating spousal benefits there are some strategies where maybe some maybe one spouse will take it early, one spouse will take it later. That’s what this is saying that maybe the lower earnner um primary is more than 50% of the of the higher earnner, both spouses delay till age 70. In this example, it’s what if the lower earnner is less than 50%. Maybe the lower earner starts early and then the higher income earner waits till 70. So the retirement plan that I’m offering is certainly something that we could look at. Should you both take it early? Should you both take it late, one early or one later? First of all, what are your income needs? Let and then we start to look at what does this all mean for the longevity of your plan. So that’s something that uh you know we could certainly look at. One takes it early, the other waits. Or you both take it at your full retirement age uh and find out what’s best for your specific plan. Well, I’m already widowed or divorced. So, how does this impact your social security strategy? If you are widowed or divorced, you may be eligible for survivor benefits or divorced spouse benefits or divorced spouse um survivor benefits that can increase your monthly check. So the age uh sur the survivor benefit if there is a a primary earner let’s say passed away and the survivor it depends on when the initial person applied for social security at the age which the deceased spouse uh originally claimed the benefit or the original benefit. If the deceased spouse claimed before the full retirement age, survivor benefit will be limited to the higher of the deceased spouse benefit or 82.5% of the deceased. Um, so what’s going to be higher? So that’s certainly again what you and I can talk about. If that’s uh if this slide pertains to you, we can schedule that time to speak to find out how much uh benefits what’s the best to take for you. If the deceased climbed after the full retirement age, the survivor benefit um will include delayed credits. Uh survivor uh benefit will depend on the age at which the widow claims. If the survivor claims before full retirement age, the survivor benefit will be a fraction of the original benefit 71.5% of the uh deceased amount if claimed at early as early as age 60. So as a deceased uh spouse um benefit the survivor will um can claim as early as age 60 but it is a reduced amount. If survivor claims after full retirement age the survivor will be 100% of whatever the original person’s income was. If some of this is more confusing again some of these may slides may pertain to you some may not. um please say yes at the end when we and we can go through this your specific numbers what’s best for you if the spouse dies while both are receiving benefits. Uh so how does that look? So Joe and Julie are married. Uh both are over full retirement age. Joe’s benefit is 3600. Julie’s benefit is 1,800. If Joe dies then her 1,800 goes away and she gets Joe’s 3600. So Joe dies with the higher income, uh she gets the better of the two. So if hers was higher and Joe passed away, of course she would keep her own higher income. But again, if uh if his is higher, then uh she gets the better of the two. So Joe and Julie are married. Joe, this is for delayed uh claiming. Uh Joe’s is 3600. He delays until age 70, which his 3600 would be end up being 4,464 because of the enhancements of 24% more. Joe dies, Julie survivor benefit will be the 4464. So, this is where it’s very important to figure out what is best for the couple’s plan, not just the one person of, you know, just that I want to take it because I want to take it. Uh this is going to be what’s going to what if something happens to one of you, what is the survivor going to get? And that’s part of that planning. Uh so let’s see where we are on time. We’re pretty good so far. Uh couple must have been married at least 9 months for that benefit. Survivor must be at least age 60, but it would be a reduced benefit or 50 if that survivor is disabled or um full retirement age for the full benefit. survivor benefit not available if the widower or widow or widowerower remaries uh before age 60. Uh divorce spouse survivor uh benefit available if the marriage lasted for at least 10 years. So again, as I’m starting to get get a little bit closer toward the end here, I do want to just say if you do have any other questions, type away in the chat box or the Q&A box and I will get to those at the end. Divorce spouse benefits. So if you have uh a divorce situation and the primary earner let’s say I’m going to use the husband as an example in this that he has uh a higher income and the divorced um wife in this case the ex-wife wants to take benefits off of the divorced husband uh then that is certainly possible but you have to be married at least 10 have been married for at least 10 years that if the person receiving divorce spouse benefit is currently unmarried. If you get remarried, that takes that off the table. Uh the expouse is at least age 62. And if divorce was more than 2 years ago, ex- spouse does not need to have filed for benefits. So, um if uh if there’s a little bit of an age difference, sometimes uh if the the higher earner has not filed yet, the uh the ex-wife in that example that I was saying, um she can still start her spousal benefit even though he did not file yet. Divorce spouse rule. So, more than one expouse can receive benefits from the same worker’s record. I’m going to use an example of this at the end. Benefits paid to one expouse do not affect those paid to the worker or the current spouse or other expouses. Uh divorce spouse benefits stop upon remarage of spouse collecting benefits uh not upon remarage of the primary worker. So, if you are on um uh expouse benefit and you get remarried, then your benefit those ex those spouse benefits will stop and then you’ll have to wait till your full retirement age or take what you’re eligible for.

    Really more complicated complicated than you realize. So, should you take yours early? Should you take it way later to get a a bonus? People are hurting their retirements by making terrible costly decisions about social security. Uh so we’ll just do a little quick recap. Social Security offers an inflation protected income. You can’t outlive. Your monthly benefit will be reduced if you claim early. Couple should always maximize the higher earners benefit for the surviving spouse. If you’re widowed or divorced, you may be eligible for benefits u that can increase your check. Uh if you would like to have that analysis done on yours on when you should take it, I would love to have that conversation. I’ll be putting up that survey here shortly. Uh consider or things that we will certainly take into account is what other income do you have? What other savings have you done? IAS, 401ks, brokerage, any other accounts that you’re going to be living off of. How is this going to affect when you take your social security? As I finalize uh the presentation, I’m just going to get into uh this final little story. And I heard this when I went to a uh you as an adviser went to a social security presentation 20 years ago probably. Uh but the story is how this expouse and current spouse benefit works uh for social security. So here’s the story that I had heard and it’s a let’s say you have a 25year-old male and a man and he gets married to a woman who is also age 25. Uh they are married for 10 years and at age 35 they get divorced and just for the sake of this let’s say 10 years in one day just to make sure it was 10 years. Uh so 10 years later they get divorced. He immediately gets remarried at 35 and gets divorced again at 45. So now he gets remarried again at 45 and gets divorced again at 55. So now he’s got three ex spouses. Uh so now he gets remarried at at um at 55 and he’s now they’re all age 66 67 full retirement age. So this person has three ex spouses and one current spouse. And in this scenario he starts his social security. And let’s assume that none of the expouses ever worked. They never got remarried. They never put into social security. They can all get, let’s say, the the primary earner, let’s say he’s going to get $3,000 a month in his social security. Expouse number one gets 1,500. Expouse number two gets 1,500. Expouse number three gets 1,500. And current spouse number four also gets 1,500 off of one worker. uh interesting scenario, but that can actually happen. So, uh uh very interesting on how uh social security works sometimes. Uh but that’s one of those funky things that uh why is that there? Um so, when should you apply for benefits? What if you keep working? What if you um what if you’ve already applied? How much will your benefit be? Can you coordinate with spousal benefits? What’s the best long-term strategy for your situation? And what do I do next? you and I will hopefully have that one-on-one conversation uh to get into what’s important to you. Here’s again that list of uh all the products and services that I offer here. And I’m offering that blue one in the upper left and that’s the complimentary retirement plan. Uh so my com my contact information is up on the screen here right now. You could take a screenshot of that or if you even would like to have that conversation one-on-one, you can actually uh get your camera on your phone and hover it over that QR code and tap on the little yellow thing that comes up and you will get access to my calendar. You can schedule an appointment right now if you would like to. So, with that, I’m going to take some questions. uh the questions that are up here and I am also going to be putting up the survey right now which I just did. So hopefully you see that on your screen. If you would like to talk um please say yes and we will I will get back to you and we can schedule a time. So with that I will go through some questions here. Uh how long does it take um from filing to first check? Uh they say it could be a couple of months uh depending on how back they are but you can do it as soon as three about three months early you can start to apply. I wouldn’t there have been you know and I’ve talked to people that yeah I did it the month before and I got it. Uh but I would do it at least a couple of months before because your payments will start typically on at the beginning of the uh of your you know the month that you’re you’re selecting to start. Uh but I would give it at least two months. uh when would Medicare premiums uh convert from quarterly to monthly? Uh if you if that is referring to maybe you’re not on social security yet, if you are on Medicare right now but not on social security and you’re mailing in payments quarterly, it just automatically will come out of your social security uh payments um every month once you start your social security. If one delays receiving Social Security, do we still have to register at 65? Uh, that’s for Medicare. You don’t have to um signing up for Medicare is an age 65 thing. Uh, but you don’t have to do anything with social security income uh at 65 cuz your your full social security might be 66 and 8 months, 10 months, or even 67. Uh, so you do not have to do anything with social security, but you would have to get, you know, start activating Medicare at age 65. You don’t have to do anything with social security. But I will say the Medicare signing up for that is on the social security site, but you don’t have to do anything with your income um on social on the social security site at 65. Okay. So, my situation is complicated. How can I set up an appointment? Uh, so yeah, just hopefully you were one of the yeses on here that you and I can have that one-on-one conversation. Um, here’s another how far in advance that was also on there for to apply for Social Security. I would do it uh at least 2 months earlier before you wanted to start. If I choose to semi-retire at age 67 and keep working um on a part-time basis, how does that affect your Social Security income? Uh if you do if assuming age 67, that’s your full retirement age. Um that if you want to make as much as you want, you can absolutely do that. It will not affect your social security income at all. The only thing that actually that it will affect is that if you’re working while on social security, but you’re if it’s at your full retirement age or later when you’re not penalized, like I said earlier, um your income could potentially even be increased for your social security in the future if your working income is still part of your highest 35 years. So, if you’re making good income, you’re on social security at your full retirement age and you want to start uh or keep on working making good income, you’re fine. Doesn’t affect your social security. In fact, your social security could be increased. It will not be decreased if you make low income. So, just know that. Uh let’s see if there’s anything else. I think that is all the questions that I do have right now. Uh yep, that’s it. And so, thank you all so much for your time and attention. I hope that you and I will have a conversation really soon uh based on your situation. If you did say yes, uh we’ll be scheduling a time here very soon. Thank you all so much for your time and attention. Thank you. Have a great rest of the day.

  • 08/18/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY SOCIAL SECURITY PLANNING – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Their Retirement Income

    Right, it’s now two minutes after the hour. So, good evening everyone. My name is Baptiste Brunner. I’m a Texas-based, Houston, Texas based financial consultant with Alliance and I’m just a part of the team of professionals at the credit union who give regular educational webinars. Like to start off by thanking all of you for taking the time to get a better understanding of your social security today, joining me in this later hour. We find that people appreciate this time. Let us know other times that you might prefer for us to do this. I like to do them on Saturdays and the evenings as opposed to putting it right smack dab in the middle of the, you know, in the middle of the day. But hey, we’re going to talk about social security today. How to avoid some very costly mistakes and just they do happen quite often. Um, this presentation’s typically about 45 to 50 minutes long. Might try to get out of here a little bit earlier. We might skip through some things that aren’t as pertinent. Of course, as always, going to reserve time at the end for Q&A. go ahead and identify the Q&A section or the chat section. Uh you can answer you can put your questions in either. Of course, I’ll get to them whenever that time comes.

    And new slide here if you haven’t been on one where we’ve had this, but please don’t throw any AI notetakers in here. That’s a big no no. This is all proprietary info. But hey, I cannot stop you at home from taking a photo with your camera of a slide that it looks to be very knowledgeable or filled with great information. So, can’t stop you there. But if you have an AI note taker in here, please pull them out. All right, my next webinar is going to be on Thursday, September 3rd, 2 central, 3 Eastern. Going to go over IRA planning strategies to help you get more from your IRA. why maybe moving from an 401k to an IRA in retirement might be a better move. Investment options, costs, professional advice, etc., etc. And then here’s another great one. If you’ve been on one for Roth conversions or social security, this is a top three webinar for me. Going through tax planning changes, going through taxes in general. Taxes will be one of the biggest hits that you have in retirement. find ways to try to go ahead and beat the system there. There’s rules out there to help you take advantage of them. That’s going to be a Saturday one. Saturday, September 19th, 10:00 while the kids are watching the cartoons. Go ahead and throw that one on. Be a quick one, too.

    And of course, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Service. We’re focused on you, our members, on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, of course, much more. Just go ahead and take a look at our website. That’s Aerys, A R I S for Reliant Retirement Investment Services, but aerys.alliancreditun.com. Throw/events in there to see all of our webinars. It’s not just me who’s putting these on. It’s our entire team of 10, 11 adviserss who do these. Um, plenty of webinars out there. Go ahead and check it out. a lot of other topics. We also have our podcast, Invest Savvy. Plethora of information to be learned there. We also have our resource center. Check it out. A lot of tools and tricks in there. Go ahead and take a photo of this slide real quick if you’d like. I won’t hold it against you. Go check out all the resources available to you. They don’t cost anything. So, a lot to be learned through there.

    All right. And just to go through this too, we can help in a lot of different ways. You’re members of the credit union. We’re financial consultants with the credit union. We are happy to do financial planning for you. We’re going to offer that to you at the end of this and how that could go ahead and help you solve when do you take out social security or how to take out social security? What are your options available for you if you are married or spousal benefits, divorce benefits, death benefits or social security? We can go through that. Estate planning is another big topic for us. How to leave the best legacy? How to save money in taxes? Do you need a trust or not? Show you another deal on that in a little bit. Of course, investment management, investment selections, advanced planning, seeing if there’s other ways for you to save taxes, increase your net worth further. We can help you with all of that. There are no cost meetings. We’re just here to help.

    All right. So, again, welcome and thank you for coming. So today we’re going to talk about just savvy social security planning. You know what baby boomers or the future retirees of America need to know about their retirement income. And so when your parents retired, different generations, they probably didn’t have to think too much about social security. They worked for one or two companies their entire lives. They got a pension and then you know they went down to their local office as soon as they turned 65 or maybe 62 if they retired early and they applied for benefits. They lived off of social security and their pension very comfortably and they might have even saved a couple bucks on the side, but they took their benefits for granted and they didn’t have to ask very many questions. But your generation and the generation right before you and really the generations to come, you have to take a much different approach to the social security question in a different way. and it’s a creating a problem for me. We’re seeing a lot of people claiming at the wrong time or just not really fitting into their plan. So, I’m putting up this brain teaser here before we start just to get you thinking a little bit before we dive in. So, if you haven’t yet thought about these two questions, take a second and answer them to yourself. But in life, would you rather be early or delayed or would you and then also would you rather pay a penalty or get a bonus? Seems pretty straightforward. So think to yourself, would you rather be early or delayed? And then also ask yourself, would you rather pay a penalty or get a bonus? I’ll be returning to this question later. So many people make social security claiming decisions without fully understanding all of their options. And this is the main challenge we’ll try to solve tonight. But before we do, I just want to address a couple things about this presentation. You know, first, you may be wondering, why is a financial planner, financial consultant here to talk about a government program like social security? That’s a great question. And here’s my answer. There’s a big need for social security education. The government’s not giving it to you. And boomers and future retirees, soon to be retirees are very interested in this topic as your own presence here confirms that. And many retirees also miss opportunities to coordinate social security with their broader retirement income plan. And then also you poor social security decisions can make my job as an adviser very difficult when I assist clients to develop a retirement income plan to correct for a lower you know than necessary social security benefit. But I also want to make you guys two guarantees. One, I’m just trying to make people smarter about their Social Security benefits and when to claim, and I believe you will be better prepared to make a good decision after this presentation, but two, want to assure you there’s not going to be any selling here. This is purely an educational event. So, we’re here to help. We want to take care of our members. That’s what all these webinars are for. I just felt the need to reassure you of that.

    So, first a few things to know about social security. You have many claiming options. One couple could conceivably have up to 18,000 ways to claim, but we normally look at the five most useful scenarios. Your decisions also have farreaching consequences. Most decisions are irreversible after 12 months, too. And your in and your choice does impact both spouses. If you’re married, it affects you and your spouse. Also, Social Security is not bankrupt. It’s not a Ponzi scheme. It’s also not the best system ever put in place in the world, but not bankrupt, not a Ponzi scheme. Definitely could have been implemented better, but that was 100 years ago. Look, some of your friends and family probably been helped by Social Security benefits, too. And at the same time, few of your friends have expertise on social security. Because they’re claiming doesn’t mean that they know everything. And what we’re seeing is that baby boomers want to know, will social security be there for you? And you’ve been told for years that the system is going broke, but now that it’s almost your turn to collect, is that really true? And you also want to know how much you can expect to receive. And before you can retire, you’ve got to know how you’re going to support yourself. And that means doing a budget, lining up all your income sources and knowing how much you can expect to receive from each. And because the system is a relatively known quantity, it represents the foundation of that plan. And you’re also probably asking when you should apply for social security. May have heard that if you apply early, your benefit will be lower than if you apply later. But is it worth missing out on all those extra checks to have a higher benefit later on? And we’re going to shed some light on this important question today, too. But something your parents probably never asked is how it is possible to maximize benefits. And there’s absolutely nothing wrong with using the Social Security rules to your advantage. But today, we’re going to talk about five ways that you can maximize your benefits simply by knowing the rules and making smart decisions. And finally, you might be wondering if Social Security will be enough to live on in retirement. And you probably already know the answer to this, but Social Security represents about 40% of the average retirees total income. But by coordinating social security with the rest of your retirement income plan, you can pursue a comfortable, worry-free retirement. Now, most people tend to minimize the value of social security. They believe that they are likely to get something back from the system at all. They think it will be a minimal amount and not really enough to count on. But social security is far more valuable than most people realize. You know, every dollar you receive in social security is a dollar you don’t have to pull out of your 401k, IRA, bank account. And some people are worried that social security just won’t be around when they retire. And this has led to a lot of misunderstandings and irrational fears about the solveny of the social security system. But let’s look at what the social security trustees say. And every year they publish a comprehensive report showing the long range outlook for the SSA system.

    So, the system was designed as a pay as you go system. Payroll taxes from current workers go into a trust fund and then are immediately paid out to current retirees. But because baby boomers have been in their peak earning years, the trust funds accumulated more than needed for current benefits. You know, right now the trust fund holds about $2.5 trillion which is invested in special issued treasury securities. And as baby boomers start retiring, these trust fund assets will gradually be drawn down. Over the next 75 years, costs will begin to exceed income, and there are enough reserves that the system will be able to pay 100% of promised benefits until 2034. After that, if nothing is done to reform the system, income will be sufficient to cover around 80 81% of promise benefits.

    And although the social security system is not in imminent danger, most people agree that the earlier reforms are instituted, the less painful they will be for everyone. And here are just a few of the ideas that have been proposed. You know, one is to increase the maximum earnings subject to social security tax. Currently, only $184,500 in earnings are subject to that 6 and a4% tax paid by you. And then your employer matches you at 6 and a quarter as well. So about 12 1/2% of your pay. Another reform proposed calls for raising the normal retirement age as life expecties are increasing. Currently, full retirement age is 67 for people born in 1960 or later. Instead, another reform proposal would change the benefit formula so that future increases would just happen at a slower pace and this would affect the benefits of those future retirees. And some are talking about changing the formula for cost of living adjustments. And this could give retirees smaller benefit increases going forward, although the changes are expected to be minimal. And you can learn more about this in the Social Security website as well.

    But most current reform discussions focus on preserving benefits for current retirees and those who are nearing retirement, i.e. more than likely you on this call. Although future legislative changes remain uncertain. I.e. my generation pie in the sky. We have no idea what’s going on. But after thinking about that, you might be rightfully saying, what’s a clearer way to think about social security? Well, here’s a straightforward definition. Social Security is inflationprotected income that you cannot outlive. Even after your death, your benefit could continue in the form of a survivor benefit. and we’ll go through that. But your premium or tax, it’s listed in your paycheck receipt under your FICA, which stands for, of course, the Federal Insurance Contribution Act. And given your employers have paid premium in every paycheck, so you want to be smart about how and when to collect his earned benefit. Let’s look at some of its various features, too. So, first, Social Security is one of the few sources of income that you can’t outlive. And if you’re worried about running out of personal assets in your old age, you need not have that fear of social security because it’s going to continue until you pass away. And of course, the longer you live, the more you’ll extract from the system itself. And if your benefit starts out at $2,000 per month, and if you live 10 more years, you’ll receive nearly $300,000 in lifetime benefits. If you live 20 more years, receive nearly 600k in benefits. If you live 30 more years, you’ll receive nearly a million dollars over the course of your lifetime. This course is assuming annual cost of living adjustments or colas of about 2% which is a safe average. Some years they don’t give you one, some years it’s four or five 6%.

    Second, Social Security offers annual inflation adjustments. So if your benefit starts I’m sorry. So if your benefit starts out at $2,000 per month and if annual colas are 2% in 10 years you will be receiving about $2438 per month and in 20 years your benefit will be 2972 and in 30 years your check will be about 3623. There’s no way of knowing exactly what future coals will be, but 2%’s a good reasonable number to just come up with as an average based off previous historical uh indicators. Next, let’s go ahead and look at how much you can expect to receive from the system. So when your social security benefit is calculated, it will be based on how much you earned over your working career and the age at which you apply for your benefits. And like I mentioned earlier, the formula for calculating social security, it’s pretty complex. You may or may not want to follow along with this part. We might not even go through the whole thing, but some people find the formula interesting. So in a moment, I’m going to show you a couple of ways to estimate your benefit. But the general process goes like this. Social Security looks at your annual earnings over your entire lifetime, indexes them for inflation, picks the 35 highest years earnings to include in the formula. The indexed earnings are totaled and divided by 35 to come up with an average. And if you don’t have 35 years of earnings, those missing years will be filled with zeros. And if anybody’s ever gotten a zero on a quiz or a test in school, you know how much that can drag you down. And that does have that effect of lowering your social security benefits for people who have taken time out of the workforce, maybe raised children, injured, etc. However, that you could be eligible for a spousal benefit. We can always review that oneonone. But then the formula is applied to your average index monthly earnings to determine your primary insurance amount. I’m going to refer to that as the PIA from here forward, but this is the amount you’ll receive when you reach full retirement age. Your primary insurance amount is your benefit at full retirement age which could be 66 or 67 some age in between just depends on when you are born and each year from there that cost living adjustment is implied. So here’s an example of how the benefit formula would work for a baby boomer who was born in 64 and who earned a social security maximum every year since the age of 22. Average index monthly earnings would work out to be about $14,35810.

    So in calculating that PIA, the first 1286, $1,286 would be multiplied by 90%. Amount between 1286 and 7749 or 6463 would then be multiplied by 32%. And the amount over 7,749 or 6609 would be multiplied by 15%. These amounts would be totaled to come up with a PIA of $4,216.90. And this is the amount the worker would receive at full retirement age. Told you guys this was complicated. Fortunately, you don’t have to figure this out for yourself. Some of you may be thinking, well, it’s good to know how they calculate benefits, but why shouldn’t I claim early at 62 instead of delaying the full retirement age or even 70? And it’s a good question. It’s also where some people start to get in trouble. That’s because your monthly benefit will be reduced if you claim early. It may also be reduced by taxes. Medicare premiums will be deducted and benefits could be withheld if you work. So if you continue to work while own social security. So what this means is that even when you maximize your claiming strategy, something I’m glad to help you with, the amount you actually receive will be smaller in reality because of taxes and parts of your Medicare coverage. And naturally, this raises a good very good question. When should you apply for benefits? And the decision of when to apply for benefits is one of the most important and most complicated. It can literally make a difference of thousands of dollars over your lifetime. It’s also important to realize that the decision of when to apply for social security depends on many factors unique to your situation. You know, these include your health status, your life expectancy, your need for income, whether or not you plan to work, and if you’re surviving spouse, whether you have personal resources. That last part about survivor needs though, which we’ll get into a minute. It also factors into the next question. For most people, Social Security benefits alone will probably not be enough to live on throughout retirement. But let’s just take a closer look how your claiming age does impact your benefit. So full retirement age is the age at which you can claim full unreduced benefits. When we say unreduced, we mean claiming it early or if you’re working still, they’re not going to be able to reduce them. And it’s used to be it used to be 65 for everyone, but now we’re seeing a higher full retirement age being phased in as a result of the 1983 amendment. So for everyone born between 1943 and 54, i.e. my parents, full retirement age is 66. For everyone born in 1960 and later, full retirement age is 67. For those born in 1955 through 1959, it’s 66 and a couple months. Just depends on what year. Closer to 55, closer to 66, closer to 59, closer to 67. Now, remember that I said earlier that your primary insurance, that PIA is the benefit you will receive at full retirement age. So, what happens if you have applied for social security before full retirement age? Well, your benefit’s going to be reduced and you’ll receive a percentage of your PIA depending on when you apply. So, if your full retirement age is 66 and you apply at age 62, you’ll receive 75% of your PIA. At 63, 80% and so on. If your full retirement age is 67 and you apply at 62, you’ll receive 70% of your PIA. And these amounts are actually prrated monthly. So you can apply at any time after the age of 62 and your benefit will be reduced by the appropriate amount. If difference between six there you’ll get a higher benefit at 62 and 2 months than you would at 62 on your birthday or at 63 and so on and so forth. On the other hand, if you apply for social security after full retirement age, you will earn delayed credits in the form of 8% for each year that you delay. So again, full retirement age 66 and you apply at 67, your benefit will be 108% of your PIA. At 68, it will be 116% and so on. But after the age of 70, you can’t earn any more delayed credits. So it doesn’t pay to wait until after age 70 to apply for Social Security. Anybody on here is 69 and coming up on 70 or already 70, apply for your benefits. If you’re 69, get ready to apply for those benefits ahead of time and just say, “I don’t want to claim it until 70, but get your check on your birthday.” Don’t let Uncle Sam hold on to your money any longer than he needs to. You’re already maxed out. No point in doing so. And I’m also guessing you’re probably not too interested in calculating by hand your your PIA and all these formulas and the reductions and credits for early or late filing or the annual cost of living adjustments that could raise your benefit in the future. There are ways you can easily find out approximately the amount of benefits you can expect to receive. You know, one, of course, you can refer to the social security statement. It’s one of the best tools you can have. Go to the ssa.gov website. If you haven’t set up an account, set up an account. You can see your benefit right on there. And it’s projection. By the way, the projection is not the actual amount yet. It’s close, but every year that you continue to work, it’s going to go up because you’re going to replace your higher earning year salary that you’re making now with one of those year one of those payments from 30 and 35 years ago. It does help. Also, you can use the retirement estimator on your social security account. This calculator taps into your specific earnings history. After you enter your personal identifying information, including your birthday, you can take it on from there. But just note that that annual statement, the retirement estimator, they don’t factor colas in. Our tools do, theirs do not. But this means your actual benefit will likely be higher than they indicate, but our calculators do adjust for cost of living adjustments. So if you know your PIA, we can help you project your future benefits. That’s a part of what we’ll do for you if you, you know, want some help with this. Also might want to try one of the three calculators on the Social Security website. Again, there’s a bunch of resources out there. We are a complimentary resource to you. The obvious advantage though to delaying benefits is that your monthly benefit will be higher. A baby boomer who has a primary insurance amount of $3,000, full retirement age of 67, they’d receive $2,100 per month if they applied at 62, but they would receive $3,720. they waited until age 70. The difference becomes even more dramatic if we multiply these amounts by the 2% annual colas. If cost of living adjustments average 2% over the next 8 years, you know, your age 70 benefit then jumps up to 4359. So there is benefit in waiting longer, but not that doesn’t mean everybody has to wait longer. Everybody’s different. You might have the same house and the same cars as your neighbor or as your friend. you think you might make the same money as them. Probably have two completely different stories still. Nobody’s the same. This is not a cookie cutter thing to approach here. Or my friend said that they did 62 and it worked out for them. I’m going to do it. Not how you approach this. But it might be hard to pass up social security checks though when you can start receiving them as early as 62. Going to get a lot more years of payments if you wait from 62. If you want to take it out at 65, but you take it out at 62, you get 36 extra payments. But if you live a long time, you’ll be very glad that you waited longer. And as you can see, the longer you live, the more income you’ll have by just waiting until a later date or until age 70 to apply. But naturally, you may be wondering, how can you maximize your benefits? Let’s just look at a couple of strategies here. First thing you can do while you still have time is improve your earnings record. So check those ear annual earning statements to make sure your earnings record is accurate. That’s one of the biggest things that you can do. Mistakes are very rare, but it’s the government. Let’s be honest, it happens. So because the earnings are on file, the social security office, more than likely there’s no issues, but they sub, you know, your employer submitted everything to the social security office. Just double check. Doesn’t hurt. Mistakes do happen, especially for the self-employed individuals whose earnings records are taken from tax returns, though. Next thing is to consider how you might be able to improve your earnings record. Well, if you don’t have those 35 years of earnings, can you work a few more years so they won’t be filled out with zeros? Remember what I said earlier about getting a zero in a quiz or homework? It really does drag you down. And if you had several years of low earnings early in your career, like everybody did, or like most people at least, you can work a few more years while you’re in these peak earning years, and you will see your benefit take off pretty well. But even if you start receiving social security, but continue to work, your earnings record will be updated. It’s just important to know that if you start receiving social security before reaching full retirement age, so if you start taking it out at 62, 63, 64 and you’re still working and you earn over $24,480.

    For every dollar over $24,480 that you make, it will be withheld. They’ll withhold $1 for every two that you make above that. So, if you made $5,000 above that, you made $29,480, they’re going to withhold $2,500 of benefit from you, two for one.

    And applying for benefits at the optimal time is the best way to maximize your social security benefit. And the chief reason for delaying benefits is cuz that will result in the highest lifetime benefit for you and your survivor. There is no one-izefits-all answer to this question. The important thing is to apply at the time that is optimal for you. And did you know that social security benefits can be taxable? Let’s look at a way to maximize your benefit by minimizing your taxes. Mentioned earlier, that’s going to be probably your biggest headache in in retirement. But while the earnings test isn’t truly a tax, it is a way in which the government takes back some of your income. So, we’re including in this discussion, but it is different from true taxation of benefits, which we’ll get to next. But one important consideration in deciding when to apply for benefits, is whether or not you plan to work. Now, if you apply before your term, full retirement age in 2026, again, $1 in benefits can be withheld for every $2 that you earn over $24,480. And it’s important to know that this money isn’t truly taken away. rather your benefit would just be adjusted upward once you turn full retirement age to make it as if you had applied for it later. So you get the money back, but it does hurt for that time being. Just know if you’re going to make less money in retirement, claim early, take a smaller job. You might end up having your benefit reduced because you went from making 100K to 50K working part-time and you’re on social security. It’s not always just adding those two together. something to consider. So again, this means that if some of your benefits are withheld due to the earnings test, your new benefit will be higher as if you’d start at 63 or 64 or 65 instead of at 62. Just don’t let that annual earnings test discourage you from working, though. More money you earn, more money you’ll have. Social Security doesn’t really penalize you for working. You’ll get the benefit later. You know, once the adjustment is made, you’ll end up with a higher earning benefit for the rest of your life. And of course, the earnings themselves will continue to contribute to your financial well-being. Then you get a better cost of living adjustment, too, down the road. Just to avoid the earnings test entirely, wait until your full retirement age or later to apply for benefits.

    Now, on to the true tax on social security benefits. And this table shows the taxation of social security benefits based on various income levels. Income in this case means provisional income which includes adjusted gross income plus one half of the social security benefit plus any tax exempt interest. So if your provisional income is under 32k for a married couple no benefits are subject to taxation. If that provisional income is between 32 and 44,000 up to about 50% of a married couple’s benefits are then subject to tax. And if provisional income is then over 44,000 up to 85% of benefits are then subject to tax. The thresholds for a single individual are 25,000 and 34,000. But in the case of married filing separately and living with spouse, up to 85% of your social security is taxable regardless of income level being taxed on a tax and that is government work for you. But the important thing to remember here is that up to 85% of your social security benefits can be subject to tax depending on how much other income that you have. And you can minimize taxes on social security by just lowering your other income. It’s not that easy, but especially your investment income, too. But you should be aware that municipal bond interest, which is usually tax-free, it does count as income for the purpose of calculating your social security benefit. It’s part of your modified adjusted gross income. But anticipate the required minimum distributions from your IRA, which will cause you to be at a higher tax bracket. May cause some of your social security benefits to then be taxable, too. So consider drawing down your pre-tax funds, those pre-tax IAS and 401ks before you’re the age of 73 if you were born in the 50s or earlier or if you were born, you know, at 75 for those who were born in 1960 and later or just converting a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. One of the best things that anybody can do, Roth conversion. That’s how you save money in taxes. That’s how you get tax-free income down the road, which doesn’t affect your your, you know, put jumping you in a new tax brackets for social security. But delaying claiming social security will reduce the number of years that your benefits are subject to tax. And think about how to reduce your expenses, pay down debt, adopt a simpler lifestyle, you can make do with less income, continue to manage taxes throughout retirement, not just those first few years. And as always, consult with a tax advisor and your professional consultant, financial consultant about your individual situation. But remember, if you are 65 or older and enrolled in Medicare, your Part B monthly premiums will be deducted from your Social Security check. As you can see here, if you can claim early, your Medicare Part B will always eat up a larger percentage of your benefit than if you wait until full retirement age or later to claim your Social Security benefit. Then

    the when to apply question is very complex and and really requires a customized analysis. But here are a few points to remember. If you apply early, your benefit starts out at some fraction of your PIA, 75, 80%, whatever, and remains at that percentage for the rest of your life. It does not go up to 100% when you reach full retirement age. And then the cost of living adjustments then magnify the impact of early or delayed retirement because the annual cost of living adjustment is applied to either the lower or higher amount. 2% increase on $2,100 is a lot less than a 2% increase on $3,000. This causes that disparity to increase with each passing year though should you go too early. And your benefits can be taxed and further reduced by Medicare premiums. Just don’t let the earnings test discourage you from working. It’s actually helpful for many. And finally, delaying benefits may give the surviving spouse more income. And that’s an important point to consider, especially if you’re thinking something like this. I’m not going to live long, so why shouldn’t I just claim my benefit while I can? And the typical answer to this question is for couples, you should always maximize the higher earners’s benefit to protect the surviving spouse who will step into that benefit at after the higher earner passes. The higher earning spouses are therefore encouraged to delay their benefits to age 70 because that will give their spouses the highest benefit after they pass. First, we’re going to start by looking at how some spousal benefits work. One thing I want to let know here, you know, I did have a client who wanted to take it at 62. He was adamant on it because no male in his family lived past 65 because they had a terrible heart disease that was hereditary. He wanted to take it at 62. It made sense just because he knew that he was only going to live 3 to four more years. He did pass away. Made sense in his case. Not everybody really has that option of really knowing that they’re not going to live much longer, but it’s something to consider is that there’s always, you know, again, not cookie cutter. There’s always different situations here though to consider.

    But social security was instituted in a much earlier era when most married women didn’t work to give, you know, it was put there to give women a measure of financial security in their older age. And the program offers spousal benefits. And it’s important to note that spousal benefits apply to either gender, including same-sex spouses, too. And the same the spousal benefit is 50% of the worker’s PIA if she applies for it at her full retirement age. So if John John here on the left, if John’s PIA is 2,000 and Jane’s PIA is 800, and if Jane applies for social security at her full retirement age, her benefit will be equal to 50% of Jon’s PIA or $1,000 a month. It’s $200 more than if her benefit based on her own work record. Now, if she goes earlier, it’s reduced by that same amount. So waiting, going earlier, you might not get as good of a spousal benefit. Again, we can help you figure out when’s the best time to take a spousal benefit, when’s the best time to retire. We’ll get into all that though, but we can help you figure that out on an individual basis if you’re still asking yourself this question. And here are the basic rules for spousal benefits. Primary worker must have filed for benefits. The lower earning spouse has to be at least 62 for a reduced benefit or full retirement age for the full spousal benefit. and spousal benefits do not earn delayed credits after FRA. So, I’m sure you have lots of questions about spousal benefits. Let’s look at some ways to maximize those.

    The goal is to maximize income for both of you while alive and maximize income for the survivor after one of you passes. And it can be quite complicated. But by understanding all the considerations and doing some calculations, it is possible for married couples to come up with that right solution, that sweet spot for their needs. Looking at a couple strategies here. First thing to look at when you’re ordinating spouse benefits is this. Is the lower earning spouse’s PIA more or less than 50% of the higher earning spouse’s PIA? If the lower earning spouse’s benefit is more than 50% of the higher earning spouse’s PIA, the way to maximize lifetime benefits is in fact for both spouses to claim their benefit at 70. Now, our calculators will show that about both spouses have average or longer than average life expecties. This will then maximize benefits for both of them over their lifetime. But if the lower earning spouse’s PIA is less than 50% of the higher earning spouse’s PIA, you may want to do a hybrid strategy. And here the lower earning spouse goes ahead and claims early. And this gets income started as soon as the lower earning spouse turns 62 or whenever that spouse decides to stop working. But the higher earning spouse still claims at 70 in order to maximize that higher benefit over both lifetimes. You know, my grandma lived 12 years longer than my grandpa. That them take using this strategy benefited her greatly. But let us help you determine that right strategy. We’re here to help you with it. People at Social Security office can’t answer these questions, but do your own homework. Come to us, whatever. Just don’t do this willy-nilly and say 62 or 65 sounds great. That’s where we start seeing issues. It can be very complicated, especially with some recent rule changes. You really just need to run the numbers.

    All right. Well, here’s another story, though. you know, focus on maximizing one benefit for that situation. But you might be thinking as well, you know, well, I’m widowed or I’m divorced, so how does that impact my social security claiming strategy? And it’s an interesting question. In fact, a couple people have already asked about that in the chat. And there’s a satisfying answer. If you’re widowed or divorced, you can be eligible for survivor benefits, divorce spouse survivor benefits or divorce spouse benefits. By coordinating these benefits with your own record, you may be able to increase your total benefit. But first, let’s look at the basic survivor benefit a spouse would receive and hopefully after maximizing the other spouse’s benefit. So survivor benefits can be somewhat complicated, but it’s important to understand how they work because decisions you make now can influence the amount of survivor benefit later on. And there are two factors that influence the amount of the survivor benefit. First factor is the age at which the deceased spouse claimed his own retirement. If he or she originally applied for social security before full retirement age, that survivor benefit will then be limited to his or her actual benefit of 82 and a half% of their PIA, whichever is higher in this case. But if the deceased applied at his full retirement age, survivor benefits then equal to 100% of the PIA, that full retirement benefit. If he or she applied at 70, survivor benefit will include those date delayed credits. We’ll see an example here in a second. But second factor influencing the amount of the survivor benefit is the age at which the widow claims the survivor benefit. If he or she claims it at 60 or 50 if they’re disabled, survivor benefit will equal about 71.5% of the decadence PIA. If they claim at full retirement age or later, survivor benefit will now equal 100% of the original amount. And they may of course apply at any time between age 60 and 70. And the reduction will then be prrated. But if both spouses are receiving benefits and one spouse dies, the other spouse can then switch to the higher benefit. So a hypothetical example, let’s say Joe and Julie are married, both are over full retirement age and currently receiving Social Security benefits. Joe’s benefits $3,600 a month. Julie’s benefits $1,800 a month. Joe dies, Julie’s $1,800 benefit will stop, but she’s just going to hop on Joe’s and she’ll start receiving 3,600 a month. One important note about survivor planning is the loss of one benefit. Most widows and widowers need at least twothirds of the amount of income they’re receiving as a couple. So, it’s important to plan for the loss of one spouse social security benefit. Even though it’s often the higher benefit that will be retained, death of a spouse means still it’s the loss of one social security check regardless, which means less money coming into the household. Let’s see what would happen if the deceased spouse had delayed the start of social security. So in this hypo in this hypothetical example, Joe files for social security aid at age 70. His benefits $124% of that $3,600 a month PIA for a total benefit of $4,464. Now if he dies, Julie survivor benefit will be equal to Joe’s benefit of $4,464. And survivor planning is just a very important part of savvy social security planning. So decisions that you make now can influence the surviving spouse’s standard of living later in life. I said this early before you 5 minutes before 6 your time. Maybe this is one of the bigger decisions of your life. Do not take it lightly. You can see how one decision can affect the next 30, 40 years of your life and not just yours but your spouses. Do not take this decision lightly. And here are some rules for survivor benefits. So in order for the surviving spouse to receive survivor benefits, marriage must have lasted at least 9 months unless the death is then ruled an accident. To start benefits though, survivor must be at least age 60 or 50 if they’re disabled. However, if the widow or widowerower applies before full retirement age, benefit will be reduced as it is for regular retirement benefits. Some of the same principles that go into deciding when to apply for regular retirement benefits also apply to survivor benefits. And if you remarry before age 60, you’re not going to be able to receive a survivor benefit based on your previous spouse’s earning record unless your remarage ends. Uh if your remarage ends, then you get to jump on there. But if it doesn’t, sorry. And then we also have divorce spouse survivor benefits. They are available if the marriage lasted at least 10 years. See, one person was asking about 13. You’re good. Let’s look at that a little more since many people have been divorced like myself. And it’s not a widely known or understood benefit though. So, a divorced spouse can in fact receive social security based on their expouse’s work record providing the marriage lasted at least 10 years. and the person receiving benefits currently unmarried. Now remember, men can receive divorce spouse benefits, too. If the divorce occurred more than two years ago, the expouse doesn’t need to have filed for his benefit. However, he or she must be at least 62 years old.

    And here are the rules for those divorce benefits. More than one ex- spouse can receive benefits on the same worker’s record. So, if your ex-husband or ex-wife is remarried a few times, all three ex-wives can claim divorce spouse benefits as long as each marriage lasted at least 10 years. And the benefits paid to one ex- spouse do not affect those paid to the worker. So, the current spouse or the other expouse is, you know, you do not need to know where your ex- spouse’s whereabouts are. You only need to know enough identifying information. Social Security office people can look up their records. You also need to provide documentation showing the dates of the marriage and divorce. County records office has that for you. And if you’re receiving divorce spouse benefits and you remarry, your divorce spouse benefits will stop. However, you may then be eligible for spousal benefits based on your new husband, new wife’s work record, or you can just switch to your own benefit, of course, if you also qualify for social security. So, if you’re thinking right now to yourself, gee, this is really more complicated than I realized, I understand. I didn’t realize a lot of this stuff until I educated myself because it’s part of my job. But it was clear to me what an important role getting social security right plays into people’s retirement income plans. This is the money that you should be spending first. Can’t give the gift this to anybody else past your spouse. You can’t use these month funds first. Other money that you’ve saved up through your 401k, IRA, brokerage account, cash, savings, etc. that you can give away to somebody else. Spend the government money first. You’ve been paying into this for four or five decades. But this brings us back to our social security brain teaser. You may have heard the phrase behavioral finance, and it’s the study of the influence of psychology on the behavior of investors. So, for our brain teaser questions, people would usually say they’d rather be early than delayed for many things in life, and they’d rather get a bonus instead of paying a penalty. I mean, hey, that makes sense, right? But as we’ve seen in our presentation today, when it comes to social security claiming strategy, early to penalty as delayed is to bonus. The government didn’t set the phrasing up this way intentionally, but it certainly has influenced people who have only seen their claiming choices described as early verse delayed. And we don’t normally see the claiming question position as one of penalty versus bonus. But I think you can see the value of framing the question in that manner, though. And I think this little brain teaser is a good way to loop back to our original problem review what we’ve learned to review what we’ve learned also and then close the solution. So, one second before I start really jumping into it.

    All right. So, this is where what we started with as our course challenge. Many people make social security claiming decisions without fully understanding all their options. Then we went through four insights designed to help us get an understanding of the problem and develop a belief in a solution that might work. So in brief, those insights were social security offers inflation protected income for life and possibly survivor benefits. Your monthly benefit can be reduced if you claim early. Couple should maximize the higher earners benefit for the surviving spouse. And if you’re widowed or divorced, you can be eligible for benefits that can increase your check. So with that understanding of the problem, that brings us to the solution. Many people benefit from a personalized social security claiming analysis to understand how and when to apply and how their monthly benefit will fit into their overall retirement income plan. And it’s important to consider social security in the context of your other retirement resources including your pensions, your IAS, your 401ks, those required minimum distributions with all that pre-tax money that you have cuz Uncle Sam wants his cut. You’ve been putting this money away for 50 years. He’s ready to get his cut finally. you haven’t paid taxes on it yet, he’s going to force you to do it at 73 or 75, make you pull money out, you might jump a tax bracket down the road. All of these resources should be coordinated to give you the income you need for the rest of your life. So, don’t be afraid to ask for help. Retirey planning is really easy when it’s a matter of stashing part of your salary into a 401k or IRA. But when the time comes for you to convert that nest egg into an income stream that you want to last for the rest of your life, you want to make sure it doesn’t run out. And social security may be the bedrock of your retirement income plan, but it has to be coordinated with all of your resources to give you the stability and security that you deserve. They’re called golden years for a reason.

    Social Security personnel, they can be helpful, but they can’t make recommendations. It’s not their job to do long range social security planning cuz they don’t know and what’s going they also don’t know what’s going on with the rest of your life either. We can help you with that. We absolutely can. And look, I I hope you learned a lot today, but you’re probably still wondering. You might have a better understanding right now, but you’re still probably asking yourself questions. one being still when should I take it? Should I take it at 62? Should I delay? I’m pretty well set up. I think I can do 62, but social security is too important for guesswork. So, let us help you protect your nest egg, maximize your investment income. It’s just too important. Best way we can do that quick analysis. I’m going to send out a poll here. We offer complimentary meetings where we will make a financial plan for you. If you want to retire at 62, we can let you know if 62 works. If 62 isn’t the greatest idea, we might tell you 63, 64. But we’re here to help. So, to learn more, here’s a poll that I’m sending out right now. If you say no, that’s fine. You’re not hurting my feelings. My goal is to help out all of our members. Click yes. I’ll reach out to you tomorrow. We’ll set up a meeting. We’ll review your finances. We’ll cover everything. We’re going to do financial planning. Figure out if social security is right to take out at 62. Wait till 70. If you want to make sure that you’re going to take care of your spouse fully, let’s cover that. It’s complimentary. We’re just here to help our members. That’s why we’re the greatest credit union in the country, if not the world. All right, with that, let’s get to the fun part. Oh, before I get to questions, here’s something that’s fun that we’re doing now. We do a lot of estate planning webinars. I do a lot of estate planning. Somebody wants to leave money for their kids, want to make sure their wife’s taken care of. They want to see if a trusted or is right or a will. We can do that planning, but we also now have access to this company, Trust and Will. Uh, think of them as Turbo Tax is to doing taxes in your own. Trust and will is to doing estate planning and trust and wills. We have access to this for those who do investments with us and our clients, not our members, but those who become investment clients, they have free access to this and you’ll be able to set up your trust and set up a will through this platform. There are attorneys that are accessible through this platform as well. If you want to learn more, shoot me an email, which is on this slide. So, if you want to just jump the gun and schedule an appointment with me, there’s a QR code. If you have any questions for me, there’s my email. put your hand over that photo because that’s me 80 pounds ago, more like 40, but still terrible photo. Give me a shout in the direct number there. I’m here to help. Let’s get into your questions. There are a lot. And if everybody can answer the poll for me, just about everybody has. I like to look good when the boss looks at my numbers and sees that everybody answered the poll. Again, doesn’t offend me if you say no or not at this time. If you ever have questions to those folks, holler whenever. But if everybody can answer the poll, makes me look really good with the boss man. All right, let’s get into the thick of these.

    How frequent is the cola given? Oh, question answer. But colas are given just about every year. They’re not an entitlement, though. They don’t always give them. Uh I want to say they didn’t do one in 2021 or 2022, but they did do a really big one during co Um, but on average it’s about 2%.

    If I claim social security at full retirement age and I’m married filing separate, will I be taxed 85% or no tax since I live in Texas? Okay. There are some states and God bless Texas. There are some states that do tax social security from the state level. Colorado, Vermont, I want to say Oregon maybe in the mix like eight or nine. West Virginia randomly is in there. I think what we’re talking about that 50 85% zero. That’s based on the federal level, not the state level. So at the federal level, you can be taxed on up to 85% of your social security depending on how much you’re making outside of social security. If you’re living solely on social security and you’re not pulling anything out, there’s not going to be any taxes there because you’re just living off of your social security. It’s based off of that additional other provisional income.

    Yeah. If the what if the surviving spouse benefits are higher than the deceased spouse, you’re just going to retain the the the higher benefit. You know, they they designed it this way. I’m well aware we live in 2026 right now, but it was designed this way because women did not make as much men back in the day and now they do. And hey, it men die first. Let’s just be honest. We die on average at 76. Women die on average at 79. They want the surviving spouse to at least have more money. They’ll get rid of one check, but at least she’s getting more money. It was designed that way. So you don’t get any additional benefit if you’re the higher earning spouse or the higher PIA and the lower social security amount passes away first unfortunately.

    Okay, here’s a great one. If I get my benefit at 62 and I keep a job that provides about 30K a year, i.e. about $5,500 above that threshold. They understand that 2:1 ratio, but will it be reversed only at FRA or when I stop working, say at 64? Great question. It will be reversed at the end of the or beginning of the next year after you quit working. You’re going to claim that you made um money that year, but the next year you’re not going to be making anything anymore. Make sure to let the Social Security office know that you retired. they’ll go back to giving you, you know, your normal amount. So, it will increase because you would have been um you would have had that reduction for 2 years in this scenario. You still get two years of increases because you still paid into social security at that time frame, but you also had a reduced benefit because you went a little bit over. So, you’ll get it again around 64 65. Um but yeah, you know what? Meet with me or send me an email. I want to learn about this one a little bit more. um if you’re interested be something I can look into a little bit more for you and see if 62 is really the best route. If you’re going to keep working until 64 in your case and you can live off of that, you might just want to just push off until 64 and get that much better of a benefit. All right. I was married 13 years. We’re now divorced. I know that I can collect his social security if it turns out more than mine. However, what if I remarry him? Then what happens to that? Well, it’s if you remarry him,

    never mind. That’s a personal thing. If you remarry him, then just goes right back to it. You’ll just get back to you you’ll go from divorce spouse benefit to a spousal benefit getting half of his based off of whenever you retire or whenever he retires in that case. But it’s if you wait till 67 to claim, you get half of his PI of his full PIA.

    I know you said your financial advising is complimentary. Does that also apply to business income and taxes help? So, I’m not a CPA. CPAs file taxes. They do that. What I do is tax planning. How can I help you save money in taxes down the road? Not allowed to do tax preparation though because you have to go to school and for that specifically and go get your CPA license. But I do assist a lot of my clients with I have a a small business on the side of this uh aside from financial planning. So I know a lot of tax breaks and I utilize a lot of tax breaks for my business income because you can get an LLC that generates a little bit of money. See all the tax write offs come through. But I can give you some tax planning advice, some business income strategies. We can go through all of that. just I need to know as much as you’re willing to dulge because the more I know, the better the advice I can give you. As the saying goes, more the input, the better the input, the greater the output.

    Again, folks, got about six people that still need to answer the poll. If you don’t mind, I appreciate it. Great turnout today. Love all the questions. Got like four more to go through. And please keep asking them if you’d like to. I will stay on here as long as I need to. My wife works for an independent school district here in Houston area. It is it true that she has to decide between social security survivor benefits and her TRS but cannot receive both. Not anymore. Um they used to have a big gosh that was I I used to be a financial adviser for the school districts. I do their 403b plans and their 401ks. Oh, I’m sorry. If you can’t see the poll, it might be behind one of your other windows. If not, if you’re looking to say no, you can just let me know in there and I won’t be hurt. But if you want to say yes and you want to meet with me and you can’t answer the poll, just use the QR code right there on the screen. You can schedule the blink with me. We’ve been having an issue with that. All right. School districts in Texas and in Florida and a couple other states, if you work for a school district, more than likely you’re not paying into social security. So, you won’t get social security. Not going to be an issue. You can still get spousal benefits though. For the few school districts in Texas that do pay into social security really didn’t help them at all because the windfall provision basically reduce their social security their TRS amount their pension to zero. So they’re paying into two federal a federal and a state pension and they’re really only to claim one. It was an absolute scam. Fortunately, Congress recently fixed that. They got rid of the windfall provision. So if you have you’re not going to get penalized for having two different government pensions, as you shouldn’t. you paid into it, you should get it back. But they got rid of that. Let’s talk more on that one because I don’t know if I know everything that’s behind that. If you scheduled a meeting with me, we’ll discover it. We’ll discuss that. But if you didn’t, send me an email or schedule a quick one with me. I want to look into this one deeper to make sure that we’re answering this question fully. If benefits were started at 62, can the benefits be repaid to SSA to reset the benefits age to 67 and 70? I’d like to know how old you are now, but if you started at 62 and it’s been less than 12 months, you can get off within 12 months and you can stop and you can get back on later and you can keep increasing your amount. I if you’re 60, if you started 62 and now you’re 65 66, I don’t think you can do a whole lot from there, but be happy to go through that one with you in a 101.

    What are the new changes to the military retirees with regards social security in particular to an ex-wife and her eligibility for her? Okay, so you are the ex-wife of a veteran. You want to know about new changes to military retirees with regards to social security. There’s no change there, I don’t believe. I mean, it’s just still going to be spousal benefits based off their social security. If you’re trying to talk about military pensions, that’s another conversation to have, though. But as far as social security goes, it doesn’t matter if you’re a vet or work in the private sector or the public sector. It’s social security benefits in this case.

    If both my husband and I are drawing our social security, can I get a spousal benefit and draw on my husband social security? No. So, you get to pick between whichever one’s best. Refer to that one, that example that we had earlier. If your benefits $800, if you both retired at full retirement age, your benefits $800 a month, your B your spouse’s is 2,000, you get a,000. Don’t take the lower benefit, take the higher. But you don’t get to get the spousal benefit plus your own benefit. But you can enhance your benefit if your spouse’s benefit’s great enough to where your 50% of his is better than yours. And it happens all the time. Um, but we can review that oneonone. be happy to do that with you too just to understand that one better. I know I say that a lot but you know I really don’t give people answers to things without until after I’ve met with them for 30 to 45 minutes and have a full 10,000 foot view of their situation because again better the input better the output i.e. my answers to you married more than 10 years. Okay. Yeah. Okay. That was referring to that one. Yeah. meet with me. Let’s discuss that. If if there is something that I don’t know about it, I’d love to look into it for you, too. And I have all the tools and resources to find that answer for you. As far as the U spousal benefit for veterans and social security, if I am eligible for spousal benefits and I remarry but divorce after my ex dies, am I still eligible or must be unmarried at the time of death? Yeah, that’s that’s the thing. So if you remarry, you kind of end it right there. So I mean, if your new husband or new wife has a better benefit, doesn’t matter. Then you step up. But if it’s less, could be affecting yourself right there. I’d be happy to go through that one with you, too, on a one-on-one. That’s our last question. Um, I’m going to stick on here for a little bit longer. But look, folks, again, don’t make this decision lightly. If you already have a financial adviser, go ask them. If you don’t think they’re worth anything or they they if they’ve never brought up social security planning to you, they’re not doing you a service. So, just come talk to us. It doesn’t have to be me. Most people don’t like my face. That’s fine if I’m joking. But come meet with us. There’s 10 of us. We’re here across the country. We’re here to help. I cover Texas to Virginia. Um basically the entire Gulf Coast and part of the eastern seabboard. We’re here to help our members. So, if you need any help with understanding when’s the best time to take out your funds, how do you not run out of money, how do you get your best benefit, the best use of your benefit at least from Social Security, cuz hey, 12 and a half% of your pay has been going into the system your entire career. It’s a decision you should not take lightly. So, at the very least, set up a meeting with us. It’s complimentary. Make sure that you’re making the right decision. That is why we are here to help you all. All right. Thank you. I’m glad I could help. And I do appreciate everybody that said thank you. Really do. Um, as confident as I sat sound right now. Really, I’m just like shaking my legs over here. I’m joking again. Terrible jokes. But look, any questions you have, it doesn’t even have to be about social security. We’re here to help with all of your personal finances. So, thank you very much. I appreciate it. Look, I’m I like to do this one about four times a year. Um, I if if you want to learn more about tax planning and I if you haven’t retired yet, if you haven’t moved anything over to an IRA yet, join us for IRA planning in two weeks. But please join me for the tax planning one in on September 18th. It’s on a Saturday while the grandkids or the kids are watching cartoons. Hop on with me. It’ll be beneficial. Um, I’ll be updating my retirement topics or my webinar topics in the near future, but uh, we’ll get there. We’ll be more available Friday than Florida. All right, I will reach out to you then. Thank you very much for providing your info. All right, folks. Look, have a wonderful day. Um, what is coming up? I don’t see you until September. Happy college football season. Hope your team doesn’t ruin your season by week three. Um, outside of that, have a wonderful day. Can you share those other webinars again for future? Sure, let’s do that. Close your eyes so I don’t give anybody a seizure while going through 80 slides real quick. So go. This is the website here. Aerys.alliancreditun.com/events.

    That is how you see everybody’s webinar. I talk to my colleagues up in Chicago or Denver or California. As far as the Southeast goes, that’s me. I also have another buddy uh Mike who is another colleague of mine who’s here in Houston. We’re the ones basically covering everything east of the Mississippi as well as Texas and uh Nebraska and Kansas and places like that. But we’re here to help our members. Let us know what we can do. So that’s the webinar link right there. See our entire list. This is the big boy right here. I like this one. We’re going to talk about tax planning, tax planning changes. Um, I believe we’re even going to cover the additional benefits from the big beautiful bill from a couple years ago. Um, where, hey, now that you’re a senior, you get an extra tax break. Let’s take advantage of those guys. You’ve been paying taxes for four or five decades now. Let’s get you your money back and save you some money in taxes and we’ll figure that all out later. All right. Outside of that, folks, it has been a pleasure. We love doing this. Happy that we had a great turnout today. Again, for those who said yes, I will reach out to you tomorrow whenever I get the list of those who said yes. Um, and we will set up an appointment from there. Otherwise, see you then. See you for the next webinar. Have a wonderful evening. Thanks for joining today. All right, for those left, thank you very much. I’m going to sign off now since there’s no more questions coming on through. Thanks again, folks. Y’all have a wonderful day.

  • 08/20/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Reinvesting Retirement

    Welcome everyone. We’re going to give it a few minutes here to allow people to join, but we’ll get started as soon as we possibly can. Still see people trickling in here.

    I’m going to go ahead and uh link a few webinar materials in the chat for today that were also included in the 1-hour reminder email in the event that you’d like to participate in the exercise.

    Still feel see a few trickling in here. We’ll give it another minute and then we’ll get started.

    Again, thank you for joining. We’re just giving it a little bit of time here to allow people to join.

    All

    right. I think we could probably go ahead and get started. So, hello everyone. Thanks for joining today’s Alliant employee or excuse me for joining today’s uh webinar presentation uh presented by Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in partnership with Alliant Credit Union. We will have a live question and answer session at the end of today’s presentation. I also want to mention that the 1-hour reminder email for today’s event included links to the materials or resources that are referenced in this presentation today. And I encourage you to open those links to have the materials with you for today’s event. They will also be linked in the follow-up email that will go out after today’s event. And I’ll also include them in the Zoom chat here if you prefer to access them in that manner. Please submit your questions regarding today’s topic reinventing retirement or about Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in the chat or the Q&A. The presentation today is recorded and a link will be provided later by email for on demand viewing. Our speaker today is Michael Marx. Mike is a certified financial planner and has 30 years of experience in the industry. Mike is also passionate about helping individuals and families navigate an everchanging economic and financial landscape. He enjoys educating clients on investments, financial planning, and the impact that economic events can have on everyday life. Mike believes financial planning doesn’t have to be intimidating, and that some of the greatest value he provides comes from helping clients answer questions they might not have even thought to ask. Outside of work, Mike lives in Houston with his wife Amy and their boxer, Lily. He’s active in his church, volunteers with the local nonprofit, Sihope, enjoys sports like bach botchi, curling, softball, and loves to find ways to connect with and serve his community. Please make sure to adjust your volume to an appropriate level as settings vary by user. Now, let’s start our presentation on reinventing retirement.

    Welcome everyone to today’s presentation. My name is Michael Marx. I’m one of the financial consultants with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. I hope today’s information provides helpful context as you think through your retirement planning options. It’s also important to acknowledge that there is no single perfect retirement planning strategy. Every option comes with its own advantages and limitations and no one approach works for everyone. At Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, we understand that each family’s situation is unique. In this presentation, we’ll share key insights to help you make informed decisions about retirement. You’ll be seeing information about how to approach retirement planning step by step, including ways to save through your employer sponsored plan and strategies for finding additional dollars to contribute. We’ll also walk through how to estimate your cost of retirement, how social security may factor into your overall income, and why time can play such an important role in building long-term savings. Additionally, we’ll cover some investment basics, including different types of investments and the importance of diversification before finishing with practical steps you can take to get started.

    Our team at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services is focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and much more. Take a look at our website ais.allantiantcreditun.com

    to see our list of weekly webinars, our podcast, Investsavvy, our blog, and other financial resources.

    If questions arise about retirement planning, social security, retirement income rollovers, or investment planning, our team can help you evaluate those considerations within the context of your financial goals and circumstances.

    Some brief housekeeping. This webinar is for educational purposes only and not a specific recommendation. Securities and advisory services offered through LPL Financial, a registered investment adviser and broker dealer. Products are not insured by FDIC, NCUA, or any government agency. Not a bank or credit union guarantee, not a bank or credit union deposits or obligations, and some may lose value.

    Today, we’ll be covering the basics of retirement planning and investing. We’ll start with talking about features and benefits of 401k plans. Then we’ll talk about finding the money to save or to increase your current contribution. We’ll briefly cover some rules of thumb as to how much you should be paying for your retirement. Next, we’ll take a look at how social security benefits will factor into your retirement income. We’ll then spend some time on time. Time can play an important role in long-term retirement saving. though outcomes will depend on contributions, investment performance, taxes, fees, and personal circumstances. We’ll then move on to the basics of investing, the types of investments you have to choose from, and the importance of diversification in your investing strategy. Finally, it’ll be time to make your purchase by enrolling in your plan. The important thing to remember about retirement planning is that it is an ongoing process. And today is just the beginning. Reinventing retirement is about building a solid foundation, getting started with a plan that can help you get to where you want to be in the future.

    Let’s go ahead and start with talking about the features and benefits of 401k plans.

    I’m sure you will agree that most purchasing decisions are driven by a goal to get the best deal possible for yourself. So, what is the best retirement deal possible? What do you want to do in retirement? Retirement is going to mean something different for everybody here. In fact, a recent survey by CNBC found that the next generation of retirees, only 11% plan on not working in any capacity. For many people, the freedom to explore new challenges during retirement is the best deal possible.

    Let’s think about paying for your purchase. How many of you are currently contributing to your retirement savings plan? That’s great. The average US household saves $1,135 per month. Now, how many of you are ready to increase your contribution right now to help those retirement dreams become real? What keeps you from saving more? Well, that’s one of the things we’re going to talk about today. We’re going to look for ways to help you save more for your retirement and we’ll explore all the reasons why saving now is one of the best things you can do for your future.

    You know, purchasing your retirement is not all that different from purchasing a car or a home or any other big ticket item. You do really well when you know what you’re looking for, when you have a goal, when you have the right tools, and when you have a plan to make it happen.

    Because your retirement will be the largest purchase of your lifetime. It’s going to require a very special kind of payment plan. Your 401k is a key benefit offered by your employer, and it offers you one of the easiest ways to save for your retirement future. We’ll start off with an overview of the features and benefits that can help you get the best retirement deal for yourself. Automatic payroll contributions. The first valuable benefit is automatic payroll deductions. Your 401k plan allows you to save money each pay period up to the annual limit set by the IRS. And by the way, later in this presentation, we’ll talk about the new increased annual limits that went into effect this year. Your contribution is automatically deducted from your paycheck before you even see it and deposited into a separate trust account for your benefit. Out of sight, out of mind. What you don’t have, you won’t spend. You will also be following a great savings principle. Pay yourself first. You’re in control. The second valuable benefit is that you’re in control of your money. And what I mean by that is that it’s portable. Should you leave your company for any reason, you have the option to leave your vested account balance in your current plan, or you can take it with you. Your money can be rolled over into an IRA or your new employer’s 401k plan if offered. However, you need to know that there are strict rules when taking money out of your retirement plan. For instance, if you decide to take money out and spend it and you are under age 59 and a half, you’ll be subject to a 10% IRS penalty in addition to current income taxes. You’ll want to check with your plan administrator to make sure you understand all of your options. The third valuable benefit is pre-tax savings power. When you make a contribution to your 401k, federal and any state income taxes would have been due on this money or deferred until you take that money out. This means that 100% of your money goes to work for you right away. Participating in your 401k lowers your tax bill, too. Here’s how it works.

    Today’s retirement shoppers are Amanda and Jake. each earn $25,000 per year and both save 6% of their pay, $1,500 each year for retirement. Amanda saves through her 401k, so her contribution goes directly into her pre-tax account. Jake saves on his own, so he cashes his paycheck and puts away after tax money in a savings account at his bank. By saving through her 401k, Amanda gets a better tax deal. She lowers her taxable income, which means she pays less tax. In this example, that translates into an annual tax savings of $225. Actually, she’s only out of pocket. $1,275 in order to save $1,500. That’s $1,500US 225 equals your 1275. Does everyone see how that works?

    the payment plan. By saving through your 401k, you also benefit from tax deferred growth. As your retirement account grows, you pay no taxes on any earnings until you begin to withdraw your money. This powerful feature is known as tax deferred compounding. Investments with earnings that are tax deferred have the potential to grow faster when they are not being hit by taxes each year. Tax deferred compounding can give a significant boost to your retirement account balance. Let’s return to Amanda and Jake to see what happens to their money after it gets deposited in their accounts.

    Here you see the growth on their account balances, each earning a hypothetical rate of return of 8% over a 40-year period. The big difference is that Jake is paying taxes on his earnings along the way and Amanda is deferring taxes until retirement. Now, here are two important questions for you to consider. Which balances do you think would potentially provide you with the most income during retirement? And which balance do you think would potentially last longer during retirement? Raise your hand if you voted for Amanda’s balance.

    Let’s take a look at the difference tax deferred compounding can make in terms of Amanda’s retirement income. Assuming that upon retiring, both Amanda and Jake decide to divide up their account balance into 20 equal withdrawals. They plan to take one withdrawal each year over a 20-year period. Why 20? That’s because most people can expect to live another 20 years on average during retirement. As you can see from our hypothetical example, even after paying taxes on each withdrawal, Amanda has almost $2,600 more each year for pursuing her retirement dreams. Does everyone see how this works?

    The important concept here is that if an employer match is available, contributing enough to receive the full match may help increase retirement savings subject to plan rules and your personal situation.

    Finding the money to save. Well, now that we’re sold on the benefits of a 401k plan, let’s take a look at coming up with the money to contribute. or better yet to increase your contribution. Let’s face it, there are a lot of obstacles to saving for retirement. Couples who work or single parents with young children know that child care can be expensive. Perhaps you’re saving for your teenager’s college expenses or planning a major purchase such as a new home or a car. Maybe you’re supporting an aging parent. Many people struggle just to make ends meet. It may seem impossible to find money to save for retirement,

    but the truth is you can. With the right tools, you can discover a number of small savings that can really add up over time. One of the best things you can do for your finances is to track your daily spending. Find out where all your dollars are going. A video rental or lunch out may not seem to cost much, but the expenses add up over time. Keep a spending journal for several weeks and evaluate your spending habits. You might be surprised at what you discover. When you see how you’re spending your money each month, you can start to make a budget. A budget will help you define how much money you have available to spend in any one category each month.

    Here’s a sample spending journal. It’s also on page five in your workbook. How many of these entries sound familiar? Keeping a spending journal is half the battle. Once you become aware of your little ways you spend money without thinking, you can begin to take action. Shopping without a list can result in buying more than you need. That daily coffee and bagel can add up to $15 a week or $60 a month that could be going toward your retirement savings. Look at how changing just a few spending habits can add up. Going without some of these items over the course of a month can add up to a substantial increase in your monthly contribution. And if you invest the money you saved for 25 years, you can see how you could potentially get a better retirement deal for yourself. Here are a few small saving ideas you could try. You may want to make a note of these and add a few of your own.

    Start with a few small sacrifices. Leave the debit card at home. Maybe shop for clothes on sale. Take your lunch to work. Shop for groceries with coupons and a list. Avoid beverages at restaurants or water instead. Plus, in addition to the small nuggets you can find, there may be a few larger expenses you can trim. Think about your major financial expenses, your mortgage, credit cards, car insurance. There may be ways you could find to save on even one of them. Take a look at these examples. You might refinance your mortgage at a lower rate. Consider consolidating your credit card debt at the lowest rate available. Investigate a lower car insurance rate. Or if you’re in a market to buy a car, buy a used one. So, you see, the truth is you really can afford to save more for your retirement. To summarize, even a little extra a month can add up. The first step is to become aware of how you’re spending your hard-earned money by using a spending journal, making saving for the kind of retirement you want a priority, and living within a budget. Plus, you could try to find smarter ways to handle large expenses. Often there’s a less expensive way if you do a little investigating. Remember our great principle of saving? Pay yourself first. Well, it’s a good bit of advice. Take the money you’d normally spend on impulse items and have it deducted from your paycheck. Then you won’t have it to spend on unnecessary items. You can do it. Finding extra money doesn’t mean giving up everything, but it may mean becoming more aware of your finances and living within a budget. Now you know how it’s possible to save more. But you may be wondering, how much is enough? What is the price of my retirement? The price of your retirement.

    With the many factors to consider, it can be overwhelming to try and figure the exact amount of money you’ll need for your future, especially when you’re trying to figure out how much you’ll need to save in addition to any social security or pension benefits you’re expecting. On pages six and seven of your workbook, you’ll find a general worksheet which will help guide you through the process of determining what you will need for retirement and how much you should be saving to get there. Make a goal to work through this calculation on your own at some point in the near future. It will help you clearly see the valuable role that your 401k can play in funding your retirement future. It’s also a good idea to file your worksheet away for reference and revisit the calculation annually as your personal circumstances change.

    For now, here’s a simple rule of thumb that many financial adviserss use to help you determine a starting point. If you’re in your 20s, you may want to think about saving 7% of your salary as a starting point. If you’re you’re in your 30s, if you’re in your 40s, if you’re in your 50s, you may be able to save more or you may be unable to save this much. Regardless, the important thing is to start saving as much as you can right now. The best way to get started is to save through your 401k plan with convenient payroll deductions. You may want to make a note of these figures for use later when you fill out your enrollment form. Now, to further emphasize why it’s important to start saving as much as you can right now, let’s turn our attention to Social Security benefits.

    Social Security.

    How many people here think Social Security will take care of all of your retirement income needs? How many people here think Social Security will take care of at least half of your retirement income needs? Well, the truth is many people have a false sense of what Social Security is about. And that’s okay. One thing to keep in mind about reinventing retirement is that it’s about staying informed. After all, knowledge is retirement power.

    Social Security is intended to provide only a minimum level of retirement income to go forward covering the basic necessities, food, shelter, and clothing. It was never intended to be your only source of retirement income. The rest will be up to you. Here’s a rough estimate of what a 35year-old and a 62y old today might expect in social security benefits based on current pay. People are living longer, healthier lives. In fact, it’s estimated that the number of people aged 65 and older were nearly double by the year 2030. Based on the 2025 trustees report, if no changes are made, the combined social security trust fund projection indicates reserves could be depleted in year 2034 with continuing income sufficient to pay only 81% of the scheduled benefits at the time.

    So because of of this full retirement age has gradually increased for later birth years and it’s age 67 for those born in 1960 or later. If you were born after 1937 this means that you don’t get your full benefit until later than you may have thought. Also, for those seeking early retirement at age 62, which is the earliest age you can start receiving benefits, face a continuing reduction in the percentage of social security benefits they can draw. You can refer later to the chart on page nine of your planning guide to get an idea of what you can expect. For now, let’s take a look at an example of a person who was born in 1960.

    Let’s assume that the average annual pay for our child of the 60s is $35,000. Beginning at their full retirement age of 67, they can generally expect a monthly social security benefit of about $1,253.

    Now, this replaces about 43% of what their monthly pay was before they retired. But like many people, our person would like to retire early. How would retiring at age

    six monthly benefit of $1,253 would be reduced by another 33%. They will be giving up $414 per month. Another way of looking at this, by retiring earlier, their social security benefit will now only replace about 30% of what their monthly income was before they retire. Does everyone see this? So, if you think of the best retirement deal for you involves retiring early, this is some information you’d want to keep in mind.

    For most of us who want to retire early, or even those of us who want to retire on time, the reality is this. We’ll need to save as early as we can and as much as we can through our 401k. When it comes to social security, reinventing retirement is about three things. Staying informed, make a note of the Social Security website. It’s the best way to stay up to date on what’s happening. They’ve got some interactive calculators to help you figure out what your benefit may be when you retire. Taking responsibility for your own financial security, and planning for retirement now, no matter what your age is. But why is starting to save as early as you can so important? Because it’s about time.

    Many people feel that retirement is a long time away and that there’s plenty of time to get going on a serious savings plan. But don’t underestimate the power of time. Time greatly improves your chances of having enough money at retirement. The earlier you start saving, the better retirement deal you can get.

    The rule of 72 is one of the easiest ways to find out what an impact time can have on your savings. It simply calculates the number of years it’ll take to double your money. Here’s how it works. Take the rate of return you expect to receive on your investment, divide it into 72. The result is the number of years it will take for your investment to double. This means that in nine years, a $5,000 investment earning a hypothetical rate of 8% would double in value to 10,000. The sooner you start saving, the more doubling period you will have in your remaining working career. Let’s see how our math is today. Can anyone tell me how long it will take for an investment earning a hypothetical rate of 6% to double? How about 12%? Does everyone see how this works?

    Assuming a hypothetical annual investment return of 8%. We can use the rule of 72 to show how time affects the potential growth of an initial investment of $2,500. As you can see, starting early, in this case, age 22, get you the best retirement deal. Your investment doubles every 9 years. And by your full retirement age of 67, your money will have doubled five times. And now your initial investment of $2500 now equals 80,000. But if you wait until age 31, you miss out on one doubling period and your 2500 has only grown to 40,000 by age 67. And if you wait until age 40, you’ll miss out on two doubling periods and your $2500 has only grown to 20,000. The moral of the story is this. Waiting costs you real money. The longer you wait, the more money it costs you. Not only that, but there’s another thing to consider when thinking about time.

    Inflation eats away at your money’s purchasing power and may not buy as much retirement in the future as it does today. After you retire, you’ll probably be living on a fixed income. Unfortunately, the cost of basic necessities will continue to rise. Here’s a chart that can help you reinvent retirement by keeping inflation in perspective.

    Not only does inflation affect your buying power, it also has an impact on investment returns. Certain cash type investments may not always keep pace with inflation. Over the same time, inflation is average about 3%. That means that the real return on cash type investments, their return after adjusting for inflation is less than 1%.

    So what can you do to help manage inflation? One thing you can do is consider increasing your contribution each year. In addition, you may also want to consider investments in your retirement savings account that have the potential to beat inflation. And speaking of investments, we’re now ready to take a look at investing basics. Investing basics.

    Asset allocation is the process you go through in deciding how to divide up or allocate your investment dollars among the various types of investments called asset classes offered through your 401k plan. Now that you’re ready to invest in your retirement future, it’s important to get a feel for this process. Asset allocation can be an important factor in long-term investment outcomes. This guide will take you through the asset allocation process by introducing you to some of the common types of investments, educating you about the importance of diversification, making you aware of your feelings about risk, reviewing some of the general asset allocation models to help you visualize your own personal retirement strategy.

    through your 401k plan. You’re creating an investment strategy to help you accomplish the financial goals you set for yourself in retirement. Your investment strategy will depend on many factors such as the number of years you have until you’ll need your money. Your ability to handle occasional and unpredictable changes in the value of your investments, also known as your risk tolerance, your current lifestyle and financial situation, the kind of lifestyle and experiences you wish to pursue during retirement. your life expectancy, your investment return objectives. The first step in choosing the right investment strategy for yourself is understanding the investment choices offered by your plan and the risks and growth potential connected with each.

    Generally speaking, most retirement plans offer these three general types of investments for you to choose from: stocks, bonds, and cash equivalents. Here’s a look at how they fall in terms of most risky to least risky. One thing to keep in mind about choosing your investments, the greater the risk, the greater the chance for a higher return over the long haul. With less risky investments, you should expect a lower return over time.

    Stocks. The first type of investment we will look at is a stock investment. By investing in stocks, you’re actually buying shares of ownership in a corporation. Stocks have the highest potential growth over the long haul, but also carry a higher degree of risk. Their unpredictable movement up and down in value is called volatility. Historically, over long stretches of time, stocks have a greater rate of return than other types of investments. Bonds are actually loaning money to an organization such as a corporation or the government in exchange for interest payments. They’re also called fixed income investments. Bonds actually pay either fixed or variable interest rates. Principal may fluctuate up and down, sometimes widely, but ordinarily will not vary as much as stocks. Finally, stable assets or cash. By investing in stable assets, also called cash equivalents, your goal is to maintain a steady or stable principal value whose generally does not fluctuate. Examples include money markets, US treasury bills, and some investment contracts offered by insurance companies or banks.

    Mutual funds make up the majority of investment options within most 401k plans. They can be made up of any mix of stocks, bonds, and stable assets.

    Your money is pulled together with the money of other investors who have the same or mutual investment goal.

    Each mutual fund has a team of professional managers who perform the day-to-day tasks involved in researching, buying, and selling the investments on behalf of of the fund.

    Here’s some big picture perspective regarding the historical performance of our three investment types from January 2010 through December 2025. The S&P 500 delivered an average annual return of about 14.1%. Bonds delivered an average annual return of about 2.7%. Stable assets delivered an average annual return of about 1.4%. And also note that inflation has averaged about 2.58% a year. One important point to remember, past performance is absolutely no guarantee of future results. You’ll

    see that disclaimer everywhere when talking about historical returns for any investment. But history does reflect the power of time. Keep in mind that investing for retirement is a long-term proposition. The longer you’re in the game, the chances are more likely that you can expect a higher return by taking greater risk.

    Now, I’d like to spend some time talking about diversification. Diversification means spending your money amongst several different types of investments in order to balance out the risk. It’s a fancy word, but a simple idea. Generally speaking, if your dollars are invested in many types of investments and market conditions cause one of your investments to not do well, all of your money won’t be affected. Diversification can also help with another kind of risk. Inflation risk is the chance that your investments won’t grow enough over time to keep up with the rising cost of living. What can you do about inflation risk? Well, you may want to consider investments in your retirement savings account that have the potential to beat inflation, such as stocks and bonds. Mutual funds can help provide you with diversification. Let’s take stocks funds for example. Investors who choose to make regular 401k contributions to a stock fund increase their shares of ownership in a variety of companies that fit that fund’s objective. Money may be invested in several companies depending on a combination of factors such as the company’s size, earnings history, length of time it’s been in business, type of product or service, specific industry, and geographical location. Because the fund spreads its investments across a variety of companies, it could potentially lower the impact if one company does not perform well

    of diversification in your investment strategy. How many of you enjoy a lifesaver now and then? Well, Clarence Crane invented lifesavers in the early 1900s. He manufactured only one flavor of lifesavers, peppermint. But in 1913, Crane was approached by Edward J. Noble. Noble suggested that offering different flavors of lifesavers would attract more customers. Now, Crane wasn’t interested in the concept, but agreed to sell Lifesavers business to Noble for $2,900.

    Noble went on to develop a billiondoll business manufacturing

    different flavored lifesavers. By diversifying his product, he appealed to more people and protected his business from the risk of one flavor losing popularity. Diversification works with investments, too. Spread the risk to help protect your potential rewards.

    Now, what I’d like to do is to take a few minutes and have us get a general understanding of how we feel about risk. By considering how long you have to invest and determining how much risk you can handle, you begin to create your own personal investment strategy for your retirement future. In your asset allocation guide, you’ll find a brief questionnaire. Let’s all take a pen or pencil and work through this now.

    done. Okay, let’s rate ourselves. Five to seven points. Conservative. You’re an investor who seeks stability and safety for your money. Now, remember, not having enough money when you retire is a big risk, too. Keep in mind, your time horizon and impact inflation can have on those investments.

    8 to N points moderate. You want your money to grow but are more concerned about protecting it. You are cautious but may be willing to diversify to spread out some of your risk depending on your time horizon. 10 to 11 points moderate growth. You are an investor who likes to balance lower risk investments with higher risk investments. Evaluate your situation at least annually to make sure this balance contains the right mix of lower risk and higher risk investments appropriate for your situation. 12 to 13 points. Growth. You want to increase your savings and are somewhat comfortable writing the ups and downs of the stock market in exchange for the possibility of higher returns over the long term. Now, you may have more time on your side until you retire. 14 to 15 points aggressive growth. You want to maximize the long-term growth of your retirement savings. You are comfortable taking substantial investment risk in exchange for potentially higher returns. Evaluate your situation at least annually. Stay focused on your time horizon and modify your investment strategy as your situation changes.

    Remember, these are just some general guidelines to help you understand how you feel about risk. When making your investment selections, make sure you keep in mind all of the following. Your attitude toward risk, the amount of risk you can handle to get the returns you need, your time horizon, how long until you will need to start taking money out of your retirement plan, your investment goal, the amount of money you will need in order to pursue the lifestyle and experiences you wish for in retirement. Now, let’s take a look at page two of the asset allocation guide to help you choose your investment strategy. Find the asset allocation model that best matches your investor type and circle it. Now, remember, these are just general examples. You may wish to use your models as a starting point to further fine-tune your own individual investment mix.

    Congratulations. You now have a solid understanding of retirement planning and investing basics. You’re ready to make your purchase. But first, let’s do a quick review of where we’re at. You know about the features and benefits of your 401k payment plan, which includes portability. You can take it with you. Automatic payroll deductions, pre-tax savings, tax deferred compounding. You have some great ideas for finding the money to save or increasing your contribution. You have a general idea of the cost of your retirement and how much you’ll need to start saving today. You have a better understanding of what

    you can expect from social security. You know about the effects of time and inflation on your retirement planning. You understand your investment choices and the importance of diversification in your investment strategy. You have a general understanding about your feelings toward risk

    enrolling in your plan.

    When it comes time to determine your contribution, let’s just focus on a starting point. You can review our general rules of thumb. In your 20s, save 7% of your salary. In your 30s, save 10%. In your 40s, save 15%. In your 50s, save 20. If there’s a company match, consider contributing at least enough to receive the maximum your company’s offered. or consider starting with something conservative, say 5% of your current salary. If you’re already contributing, think about increasing your contribution today by 1 or 2%. As soon as you can, be sure to complete the worksheet guide on pages six and seven of the planning guide to get a more complete picture of your savings need.

    You’ll also want to be aware of something else. In June of 2001, President Bush signed into law the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, which created a number of enhanced 401k Plan Savings Opportunities that went into effect in 2002. Relief is the acronym for restoring earnings to lift individuals and empower families. Consider these figures a goal worth striving for.

    Also, 401k savers who will be age 50 or older by the end of the year are allowed to contribute an extra amount over and above the new annual limits. So, if you’re over age 50 and find yourself needing to play a little catchup with your retirement savings, here’s what it can mean for you for 2026. an extra 8,000. 2027, those future increments will reflect a cost of living adjustment. Now, for employees age 60 to 63, you can save even more. Now, these contribution limits shown on the slide are subject to the IRS rules and plan provisions.

    If questions arise about retirement planning, social security, retirement income, rollovers, or investment planning, our team can help you evaluate those considerations within the context of your financial goals and circumstances. Thank you so much for attending. We’re a full-ervice investment firm. That means planning and investments. Our role is to provide you education and when appropriate discuss planning and investment considerations based on your individual circumstances and applicable standards of conduct. If you have any questions about how the concepts discussed today may relate to your situation, we’d be happy to continue the conversation and more importantly how this impacts your retirement goals.

    All right, thank you. So, let’s go ahead and get started with our live Q&A session here. If you do have any questions for Mike about retirement options, Alliant Credit Union, or his role as a financial consultant, please submit them in the chat or the Q&A tabs. We did get a couple of questions to start here and we’ll go ahead and throw those at you here, Mike. Uh, first question we got, how at risk are our 401ks with all companies investing heavily in the AI buildout? That’s that’s a great question. That’s a pretty strong opening question, too, whomever asked that. Um, so

    that’s a tough one. So, so let me kind of give you some context. The the short answer to your question is there is some risk to that. Uh the belief is so so I’ve heard some comparisons to the.com bubble. So I’ve been doing this over 30 years. So I was around in the ‘9s. Everybody was buying.com. We were talking about hey that’s not a great idea. We’re not so much saying that now. Um and and and let me give you the main difference between those two and I think this will help answer the question. I’ll give you some context for that. So back in the 90s uh it was a really low entry point, right? So these companies were just startups. There was no money. They didn’t have any money. So they were able to come in and that was driving the price which drove the bubble. What’s different now is the companies that are investing. It’s not all the companies but it’s the big companies right of your mag 7 of them are investing the huge amounts that we see all the time. The other two that really are but aren’t out of that mag seven are Apple and Tesla. And they’re still investing, but they’re still in they’re investing in different ways because their business model isn’t that same function as like a like an Amazon or a Meta or or something like that. Um, you know, or an Alphabet. So, with that said, so here’s the caution and and I think it’s a great question because there’s there’s two parts to this. This was a concern even earlier in the year. If you remember, if you’re watching the market, a lot of these stock companies uh were investing in that and then the concern was is this driving the price up? Because when you’re building data centers, etc., instead of an expenditure, it becomes an asset on your book, right? So then your valuation start pushing a stock price up. So the question starts happening where people are like, hey, we’re in they’re investing these hundreds of billions of dollars for a future profit. are they really worth what they’re saying right now? How long will it take before we start seeing a return? And then you started seeing some of those sell-offs and that stock price come down because they’re looking at the valuation. Now, with that said, prior to that question, people were buying, you know, a lot of that and they were also buying the S&P. Well, if you look at the S&P 500, and for those of you who are not familiar with the S&P 500, at least how it’s structured, it’s the 500 largest US companies. So, in theory, you buy the S&P 500, you’re invested in 500 US companies. There’s a lot of diversification. We’ll go back to that lifesavers, right? There’s a lot of different flavors in there. But the reality of it is it’s weighted. It’s not equal weighted. So, the larger the company, the more impact it has. So, if you just look at the top five companies in the S&P right now, they account for about 30% of that movement. So, there’s already somewhat of a concentration. So you have two two things to consider and I would say the answer is somewhere in between. You’re going heavy in there for that run and they’ve seen that. We saw some of that pullback in the first part first quarter and then pretty much since March um or April you would see some of those runs and that’s where most of the market made their money and that’s where a lot of the big mag sevens were making their money as well. So to answer your question, there is a risk. If you avoid the risk altogether, you might miss out on that. And I think this is very different because if um if Google or Alphabet, so call it Google, if Alphabet, they’re investing all that money in there, right? But they’re still a very profitable company. When you look at Microsoft, when you look at Tesla, when you look at Apple, they’re still profitable companies. So that is the difference. If you are close to your retirement, then I would probably be more concerned about maybe concentrated positions and impact without protecting your downside. But that is a fundamental basis of all financial planning and that’s one of the reasons why you work with an adviser. Um, I hope that answers your question. Um, if not, just give me a call and and I can expand on that a little bit. Appreciate it, Mike. Um, next question we have here. Uh, can I roll over my traditional 401k tax deferred to a Roth before I am 59 12 years of age and I am no longer working for that employer? The uh the answer to thank you for that question. The answer to that is yes, you can. The question that you might not know needed to be asked, right, which is what I always say, uh, is should you? and and if you should it’s it’s how over how many years should that be done. One of the things that we do for the members here uh is part of our financial planning our wealth planning we look at Roth conversions as a part of that we look at the impact on your tax savings um currently in the future and its impact on something like Medicare as well. So, what I would say is if you haven’t, we could take a look at that. Go ahead and schedule some time and we’ll take a look at it and see how much over what time and what tax impact, good or bad, it could have on you and figured out if it’s actually even in your best interest to do something like that. But yes, you can.

    Question we got here, um, how do I go about estimating the amount of income that I’ll actually need in retirement?

    Oh, that’s actually a good way of going about it. It’s uh it’s the income gap. So, when most people do their planning, right, they always think about it. I need this number. I think most of the big firms do that. I need to hit a number. I need 1.46 million at retirement to have a comfortable retirement. I think Voya does it in Orange Money and things like that. Um the way you go about it from a very highle structure is that you would go through and you look at your expenses. So, we can help you with a budget worksheet if you need that. ARIRS has that. Um, and you would do two two numbers on there is what I always ask members. And this is one of those not huge homework. Take five to 10 minutes and do this. Run your expenditures. And even if you have that, still use the budget worksheet because there might be some things that you’ve forgotten about. So, it’s a good reminder to confirm. And then that second number that you would still put in that same thing is you would say, okay, when I retire, what do I expect that that expenditure to be or that that expense to be in today’s dollars? And for example, you’re working 40 hours or 50 hours depending on your field. Um, I might only spend $2,000 on travel because I just don’t take a whole lot of time off. But that is a goal for me in retirement. So that $2,000 now might be $10,000 when I retire or more. Right? So looking at those cash flows and then what you would do and this is part of I think it’s page six and seven in the worksheet on that. Um then you’ll look at at what your uh guaranteed income is like social security if you’re fortunate enough to have a pension if you have any annuities or anything like that. That’s all guaranteed income. And then whatever that shortfall is is then that’s called the income gap. And then you use the assets to generate income. Now, I will caution that as well as the risk tolerance questionnaire, I um when you’re doing these calculations and you’re using any type of calculator, I believe I actually wrote it down. It was slide 49 that says the S&P 500 from January 1st, 2010 to December 31st, 2025 average a little over 14% a year. So, if you’re looking at it, most people would say that’s what I want. that’s exactly what I need. But the cautionary tale to that and I thought it was interesting that those dates are chosen if you go back 10 years prior. So that would be I had to write that down. January two January 1st, 2000 to December 31st, 2009. Right before that, I know we’re not live. I mean, we’re live, but we’re not in person. So, I usually have people take guesses on this, but I cover this in in in person. The average return for the S&P over that 10-year period was a negative 2.7% per year for 10 years. So, those cycles do happen. They’re not very common, but they do usually happen within a generation. It happened in the early 2000s. It happened in the 70s, and it happened in the 30s. So when you think about retirement from a 20 to 30year time frame, there is a chance that you can run a down cycle like that. So always be cautious in the numbers that you use when you forecast the return that will ultimately generate your income. That is one of the things we do um and is part of our wealth planning for the employees and the members and non-members is that we do what’s called a stress test. So, we look at the what happens if I retire at the wrong time because I know when I want to retire, but maybe the market or the economy didn’t get that memo. So, just a word of caution on that. But that’s that’s the general structure on how you generate your income. Great. It’s a great segue into the next question, which is the last question that’s been asked here. Uh, what percentage of the current Social Security amounts are you using for retirement planning? Is it 100% 81% or somewhere in between? So,

    we use it as 100% of whatever the forecast is, whatever Social Security says yours will be. If you don’t if you don’t have an account with Social Security, you really should get your ID, get your login. Um, there are quick quick calculators in there that you can punch in some numbers, but if you actually have an account, they actually have all your reportable income and they can give you a pretty good idea what your forecast is. We still use it as 100. I personally use it as a 100% from for me. Um, I know some people have those concerns about social security and the potential 20 to 25% pay cut if it does run out. Um, so so let me give you the context of this because I think this is important. Um

    um so so if anyone has a if anyone has family or is in politics, my apologies because this is kind of tongue and cheek, but an elected politician, right, an elected official, their first job is to get reelected and to keep their party in power, right, in office. So shoring up social security isn’t that difficult. And I know the big thing is, hey, you know, in less than 10 years, we’re going to be defunct. Well, that’s true. If nothing is done, but small things can be done to shore this up. Things like just changing the social security tax, not putting a cap on it. They could up it 1%. It would make a huge difference and most people wouldn’t even notice on their paycheck because it’s pre-taxed. Um, they could change the years, which they probably should, right? When when social security came out in uh like the early 30s, I think 34, 35, somewhere around there, the average life expectancy for a man was 59 years old and for a woman it was 63. So if you made it to 65 and you were good for you, but you know, you’re living on borrowed time at this point, you know, and I’m going to jokingly say this. One of my clients told me this like like I don’t buy green bananas at this point, right? So, so I want to know this stuff now. We’re now you’re living 20 to 30 years past that. So, do they need to start social security later? Probably. Are they going to push it all the way? Probably not. But, you know, they’re already doing it now to where full retirement age is age 67. Um, but I would tell you we could do a couple of things on our planning because this is very spec specific and very customizable. If there is a concern on your end, we can say what happens if there’s if I only get 80% of my social security. what happens from there. How does that impact my portfolio? That’s just part of the stress test. That would be one of the inputs that we could absolutely do with the stress test and see how that works for you. We’re kind of running up against time here. We did get one last quick question in here. So, I’ll let you quickly answer this before we wrap up. Uh, what are Michael’s fees to review a question, for example, like converting 401k to Roth and the pros and cons involved? Um, my fees are about $1,000 a question and then No, I’m just joking. Hey, so Aerys as a whole, we are cognizant of of costs, right? And we are that division of the credit union. We’re we’re the wealth management side. So there are as far as the conversions and things that’s that’s just something we do. There are a lot of different types of products that have no fees to it. Um, we do the traditional money management, right? Where there’s manage money or it’s a percentage of assets. We want to make sure that it is in your best interest. What I would say is always caution on the cheapest, right? I jokingly say this, but I very much mean this. If if if I had a major surgery, I wouldn’t go out and look for the cheapest doctor to perform that surgery. What I would tell you is our costs are often lower than most of the firms out there. We are certainly competitive. Um, but everything is very transparent in how we do things. Uh but you know at the end of the day if you’re saying hey look I want to lower cost and we can look at some things that just have some of the lower costs. I don’t know if they’re necessarily the best products but but you can compare that right um we’re pretty transparent on how we do things. Yes we are fiduciary. Great. We’re fiduciaries. I’m actually a CFP.

    Thank you for addressing that. So it looks like that wraps up all the questions we have had asked today. So, this is going to conclude our Q&A session. If you do have any additional questions or would like to schedule some time with Mike, please reach out to him. We will include his contact information in the follow-up email. We hope everybody has a great day and thank you for participating today. Have a great one. Thank you so much. See you on future webinars. Take care. Bye now. Be safe.

  • 08/13/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE GOOD, THE BAD AND THE UGLY – ANNUITIES

    Well, we’re going to go ahead and get started. I have no, so we’ll get going. My name is Malcolm Horn and Kim Kennedy was unable to join us today, but we’re both financial consultants with Allian Credit Union. And a common question that gets that we get is, “Are you employed by the credit union?” And yes, we are. We’re both part of the retirement and investment services division of the credit union. We’ve both been with the credit union for over 10 years. And today’s topic is going to be very educational. We’re we’re going to be talking about annuities. You know, people say, “Oh, annuities are bad. You shouldn’t do it.” But really, it does they do make a lot of sense for certain people. I’m not saying everybody should own an annuity, but it it’s it’s important to know what it is and how it can be beneficial for your situation. So again, today’s going to be very educational. We’re not going to be talking about any specific products, just kind of the high level of what annuities are, the good, the bad, and ugly. Over the next week, we are going to call everybody just to kind of touch base, see if there’s any additional questions you might have had for us. Both me and Kim are located in Denver, Colorado with offices in DTC and Lakewood. For anybody joining from out of state, we are happy to do virtual meetings. Anybody that lives in Colorado, if you’d rather do a virtual meeting, we’re happy to do so. I will answer questions at the end of today’s webinar, make sure there’s a Q&A box or a chat box that you can put in there to say, “Hey, I have a question regarding this.” And happy to answer that at the end. Um, we do have some upcoming webinars that I want to make you aware of. We’re going to be talking about Roth conversions on Tuesday, September 1st. Roth conversions is when you’re moving money from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, you pay the taxes on that conversion. Doesn’t make sense when it comes to your situation. We’re going to go through the pros and cons of doing Roth conversions. And then we’ll do social security on Tuesday, September 22nd. Um, what you need to know before you apply for social security. And then, of course, we’re the we’re we’re not the only ones that perform webinars. There are other financial advisors that are doing webinars. You can go online and look at those specific webinars and feel free to attend any of those. We do produce a podcast on various financial topics that you can listen to. And then our website has a lot of financial information if there’s a specific topic you’re looking for. So browse around when it comes to our website. Um there might be some information that you’re interested in finding more about. Also I want to make sure that you’re aware of for any existing clients of uh we do we did add a trusted will feature that that’s available to you. So, if you still need to get your will, trust, power of attorney, living will, HIPPA authorization forms completed, please make sure to reach out to your current financial adviser that you’re working with, financial consultant, because this is a service that you’re able to utilize now uh at no cost. So, with that, I’m going to jump into the good, the bad, and the ugly when it comes to annuities. So, I’m going to go off video and we’ll go from there. So, And [clears throat] so this is our agenda today. This is what we’re going to be covering. You we’re going to first talk about, well, what is an annuity? What are the different types? But I heard they’re bad. Are they really bad? How does taxes work when it comes to purchase an annuity? What’s in it for them? You know, there are financial advisors that all they do is sell the annuities. And what is why are they doing that? What’s in it for them? You know, but I get a free meal. Like you might be for anybody that’s over 65, you’re probably getting quite a bit of advertisements in the mail like, “Hey, come get a dinner and let’s talk to you about annuities. Um, you know, if you have an existing annuity, is it good? How can what can I get out of my existing annuity? And who can benefit from it?” This is today’s agenda. This is what we’re going to be covering. So, we are going to be covering quite a bit. So let’s first talk with let’s first start with what is an annuity. An annuity is simply a contract between you and an insurance company where you contribute money upfront and then receive payments over a period of time. You can receive payments in variety of ways including a lump sum or inventory. So when annuities were created this is what the annuity was kind of what was there for. You put money in, you get an income stream you can’t outlive. Now, annuities have changed quite a bit over over the last 60 years. But some of the reasons why people buy annuities is they want to protect their principal. They want a fixed rate of return. They want long-term growth with some downside protection. Maybe they do want income for life. And also maybe they want some tax deferred growth. So when it comes to what is annuity, yes, annuities were gen created originally to create income, but they’ve evolved so much over the last 50 years. And now when it comes to different types of annuities, you have immediate annuities and deferred annuities. Immediate annuities is when you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I’m going to go to an insurance company. I’m going to give them a lump sum. They’re going to give me a monthly income for the [snorts] rest of my rest of my life. So, your income now, you choose how you want that income. You want that income to be paid out over your lifetime. Do you want that income to be paid out over a 10-year period or 15-ear period? That’s really your choice. You can use money from money they have in savings or you can even use IRA assets to do this type of immediate annuity. There’s also even something called a qualified longevity annuity contract, a QAC. What the QAC does is it comes in and says, “Hey, I’m going to put money into this QAC and this money that I put into it, I get to defer my RMDs until I turn 85.” So, it’s a way to say, “Hey, I don’t want to take my required minimum distribution. I’m going to delay until 85.” And then at 85, you have to turn on an income. So, that’s another form of immediate annuity where you’re coming in and say, “Hey, yeah, give me an income, but I want to defer that income till a later date.” But most immediate annuities, you’re coming in and getting a specific amount of income for the rest of your life. Think of as a personal pension. Another type of annuity which we see more and more of that we’re using for our clients is deferred annuities. This is more of an an accumulation investment vehicle where you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want to invest in a certain way, but at the end of that term, I want my money back.” So, there’s different types of annuities. There’s a fixed annuity, there’s a fixed index annuity, a variable annuity, and a structured annuity. and we’ll go through each of these types. Let’s start with a fixed annuity. [clears throat] Fixed annuity is almost kind of like a CD where it’s a term um you have a specific term. The insurance company comes in and says, “Hey, we’re going to give you a specific interest rate for a specific term and then at the end of that term, you take your money and do whatever you want.” Just like a CD, you buy a CD, they’re going to give you a specific interest rate. And once that term is done, you decide, hey, do I want to renew it for another term or move somewhere else? And the terms right now that you choose from are three, three, five, seven, and 10ear terms. Meaning that this is the term that you’re going to get that interest rate for. Kim and I usually use a 5year term. Right now, you can pick up a 5year term and get a guaranteed rate of 5.6%. 6% over that time. Your principal’s protected. If you’re using money that you have in your savings account, that interest is deferred until you withdraw the money. It is a little bit different than CDs because with CDs, you might buy a CD and let’s say you get 4% interest. Well, at the end of the year, you’re going to get a 1099 that says, “Hey, you earned this amount of interest and you have to pay taxes on it.” With fixed annuities, that interest is deferred until you take it out. With fixed annuities, there’s no annual fee. You can use IRA money or nonIRRA money to put money in. Um, and also most fixed annuities come in and say, “Hey, you can take up to 10% out without any penalty.” Yeah, interest is the first to come out. So you you would have to pay taxes on that interest, but you’re usually able to take 10% of your account value out within that first, let’s say 5year term. If you’re choosing a 5-year term, you can take up to 10% out within that first 5 years. Now, the thing to watch out for when it comes to fixed annuities is if you purchase this before 59 12, let’s say you’re 50 and you buy a fixed annuity, you’re not going to get be able to access your money until 59 and a half really. Because if you take money out, that interesting that’s been deferring, you’re going to have to pay taxes not only on the interest, but because there’s something called a early withdrawal penalty before 59 and a half that the IRS imposes that says, “Hey, you took money out before 59 12. We’re going to penalize you for early withdrawal penalty.” So, just be aware of that. But like you once you’re over 59 and a half, like let’s say you’re 60 years old, purchase a 5-year term. At 65, you take all your money out. Yeah, you’re going to be paying taxes on the the interest you’ve earned, but that’s it. So, this is a fixed annuity. It’s just, you know, it’s a specific interest rate to a specific term. So, you can see on this chart, like, let’s say you purchase a 3-year fixed annuity, earns 4%. Well, you know how much interest you’re going to earn at the end of that term. Now, there’s something called a fixed index annuity and you time horizon usually is 5, seven or 10 years. We like the five years, you know, 5, seven years is kind of the the term that we like, but your principal’s protected, meaning well, one, your principal’s protected. You earn interest based on what the market does. So, the biggest index out there is the S&P 500 index. So, it’s a way for you to invest in the market and have your principal protected because if you come in and say, “Hey, I don’t know what the market’s going to do.” If the market goes up, great. You’re going to earn interest. If the market goes down, well, you’re not going to lose anything. You’re not going to earn any interest, but we’re protecting your principal. So, you earn interest based on the return of the market. There’s no annual fee. Also, you can use money in IAS or nonIRAS to purchase this and knowing if a yeah, every year your interest is going to be based on whatever that indexes you choose. So again, if you choose a S&P 500 index, it it’s always a one-year look back. Here’s a good example of this. Let’s say in year one, the market was up, you earn interest. Year two, the market was up, you earn interest. Year three, the market goes down. Well, the market was down. You don’t lose anything. Your principal is protected, but now we get to restart at that lower point. So, as long as the market goes back up, we’re going to earn interest. We don’t have to wait for it to get back to its previous high water mark. So that is one benefit of the FIA, the fixed index annuity is that again you’re earning interest when the market’s up, market goes down, you’re not losing anything. Yeah, you don’t earn any interest, but you don’t lose anything. And there’s no annual fee for this type of contract either. So it’s another way to invest in the market, but protect it. So if the market goes down 30%, again, who cares? You’re not losing a penny. There’s also something called variable annuities. Variable annuities, you can usually choose between a 3 to 10year time horizon. You have the ability to invest in the market. Um, your risk to principal is based on the performance of the market. So, if the market goes down, well, you’re going to see your account go down. With variable annuities though, what you’re paying for is something called a mortality and expense fee. and this expense is saying coming in and say, “Hey, if I put $100,000 in and the market goes down 40%.” And I die that same day, the 100,000 you put into it is fully protected. So there’s a death benefit. The death benefit with variable annuities is whatever you usually put in. So you put 100,000 in, you know, your beneficiaries are going to receive 100,000 regardless of whatever happens with the market. Um, with variable annuities, the fees can range. I’ve seen variable annuities from anywhere from 2 and a half all the way up to 4 and a.5%. Because it all depends on what you’re purchasing for that variable variable annuity because the investments usually have a 1% fee. The emin usually is 1%. Maybe you’re purchasing a another type of rider that’s another 1%. I mean all that starts to add up and that’s where it comes into a very expensive contract. So we don’t like expensive contracts. But anyways, you can also purchase variable annuities with IAS and nonirra assets.

    The next type of annuity that’s out there that’s become a little bit more common over the last 10 years is something called a structure annuity. A structure annuity usually time frame of 6 years but you have the ability to invest in an index just like the variable variable annuity but now you have the ability to invest in an index like the S&P 500 but you might get better rate returns than investing in a fixed index annuity and you have some downside protection. What that means is oh so let me let me again gains are tax deferred there’s no annual fee money can be used with IAS and non nonirra assets with the structured annuities again kind of how this works is that you invest in the S&P 500 and you have bigger cap rates than the fixed index annuity. So for example like with the fixed index annuity like cap rates are around 9%. meaning that’s the most you could earn. But with structured annuities, they’ll come in and say, “Hey, you can earn up to 16% interest.” So again, you’re tied to the S&P 500, no fee, and depending on what the S&P 500 does, you’re going to earn all the way up to 16%. So if the market does say 12%, you’re going to get 12%. If the market does 30% per se, well, you’re going to be capped at 16%. Now, on the flip side of it, there’s some downside protection. With the fixed index annuity, they come in and say, “Hey, you’re going to be capped at 9, but we’re going to protect your principal.” With structured annuities, they’re coming in and saying, “Hey, look, we’ll give you a higher upside, say 16%.” But you’re still have the ability to lose money if the market goes down more than 10%. So you come in and say, “Hey, I want the 10% protection bucket.” Meaning that if the market goes down more than 10%, that’s what you could possibly lose. So in an example, let’s say the market goes down 15%. The first 10% you do you do not participate in, you only participate above that 10. So you’d be down five. So that’s how they’re structured annuities. You can come in and choose a 10, 20, or even a 30% protection, meaning that you choose how much protection you want to have in place. So, if I chose the 20%, you know, they’re happy to give you 20% protection, but your cap rate might go down. It might go down to 12%. They’ll come in and say, “Hey, on the upside, we’ll give you up to 12%.” And of whatever the market does, but then downside, you’re only going to lose money if the market goes down more than 20%. So, with these structured annuities, they’re they’re interesting vehicle where it’s like, “Hey, let’s invest in the market, but I want more than 9%.” But you have to go with, you know, the ability, you go with the option of, well, if the market goes down more than that, you could still lose money. [gasps] There’s also with these structured annuities something called a particip participation rate where you come in and say hey I want a participation rate meaning that if I invest in the S&P 500 and the market does 20% they might come in and say okay the market did 20% and we’re going to give you 130% of whatever that index did. So that means that hey the S&P like I can go out and buy a Vanguard S&P 500 index and if the that index does 20% well my participation will actually outperform that by 30%. So my return would be 26%. So that’s what a participation uh rate is. You come in and say hey participation could range anywhere from 80 down to 130%. depending on what index you choose, but that’s what a participation rate is when it comes to these structured annuities. Now, remember with the risk of the risk of the market, you know, think about it. If I’m down 20%, I have for for the market to break even, I need the market to go do 25% the next year. So you can see where these structured products or even fixed annuities can be beneficial because it’s think about it this way. If I chose the 15% if I chose the 10% protection in place and the market’s down 15%. Well, no, let’s do let’s do it a different way. Let’s say I chose the 10% protection and the market’s down 20%. verse someone that just bought the S&P 500 index. [clears throat] They’re down 20%, I’m down 20%. But remember, the first 10%, I don’t participate. I only participate if the market’s down more than 10. So, I’m down 10. So, that means the next year for me to break even, I only need 11.2% rate of return where versus that other person that invested in the S&P 500 index needs a 25% rate of return just to break even. So, it’s a different way to kind of think about investing in the market where you have protection. Remember, if you’re down 50, if the market’s down 50%. The market has to do 100% rate of return for you to break even. So, having some downside protection is sometimes important. Now, there’s all types of different annuities and all types of different kind of ways you can invest. And you can see from this chart like the lowest risk like you can just put your money in savings cash you have no risk besides inflation risk. And then the highest risk is going out there and buying individual stocks. So when you think about fixed annuities, they’re just right in line with like CDs. Fixed index annuities are a step above that because there is a possibility that you couldn’t earn no interest for the year. And then variable annuities structured products are kind of well structured products are even before variable annuities on this kind of risk line in regards to how much of my principle is at risk. Okay, the good, the bad, and the ugly annuities are bad. We hear it all the time. Annuities are bad. Well, why? Why are they bad? Well, one probably because of the fees, the holding period, and they keep all my money. Those are common things that we hear. Well, let’s talk about variable annuities because we hate variable annuities because of the amount of fees that you pay. Again, as I mentioned, mortality expense fee 125, sub account failures, which is the investment fees are one, writer charges, you know, maybe you’re buying a a lifetime income 125. So your total fees is 3.5%. On that variable annuity. So again, you know, 15 20 years ago, variable annuities are very, you know, very popular and they’re very expensive. And so this rationale like, hey, they’re bad. Annuities are all annuities are bad. Well, it depends on what type of annuity it is. a variable annuity that has a very high fee, you can categorize as yeah, it’s bad because you nowadays you can buy an annuity at no fee or even much cheaper fees and get the same type of benefits. Well, what about the holding period? I never get my money. Well, again, you choose how long your money is with them. As with fixed annuities, you can choose a 3, five, 7, or 10 year time horizon. Just like CDs, I’m going to choose a four-year CD. That’s how long your money is going to be there. Now, during that time, if you needed to access your money, you can pull up to 10% out without any penalties. But if you pull more than that out, you’re going to be penalized. And again, with a holding period surrender charges, they can range anywhere from 3 to 15. I’ve seen some annuities that have 20-year surrender charges that it’s ridiculous. So ridiculous to have that long of surrender charges on annuities. But you you just have to watch out for like when you purchase annuity, how long is the surrender period? You know, there’s annuities that I’ve come across where they they give you a bonus. They’re going to give you a 30% bonus, but even though it’s a 10year surrender charge, with you getting a bonus, they add another 5 years on the back end. So when you are purchasing an annuity, just watch out for the holding period, the surrender charges. You know, that’s where people come in and well, I don’t want to hold my money there for 10 years. Yeah, I don’t blame you. So it’s really important to kind of understand like, hey, depending where you go into, what type of annuity you go into, look to see what is holding period, and if I need to access money, how do I access access it? Because sometimes you can access your money if you have terminal illness, nursing home or even, you know, death. This money goes to the beneficiaries and they get to do whatever they want with it.

    But they keep all my money, deferred annuities, walk away value. Well, that’s not the case. You know, maybe 30 years ago, 40 years ago, you purchase an annuity and a lot of times people would come in like, I’m just going to choose a single life. So, well, single life annuity, you put your money in, you’re getting income, and in 2 years, you die. That insurance company that set up that single life comes in and keeps all your money because you chose a single life. Nowadays, I have I mean, I’ve been doing this for over 20 years. I don’t think I’ve had one client annuize their contract. But nowadays, if you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want lifetime income.” That’s great. you put your money in will create a lifetime income. But if something would happen to you, let’s say, you know, something happened to you within two years. Whatever you put into that, there’s this benefit this there’s this there’s this value that your beneficiaries are going to receive. So nowadays, these annuities you put money in, even though you create income, your beneficiary is going to receive something if you haven’t lived kind of a this long life expectancy. So yeah, people might come in and say, “Well, they’re just going to keep your money.” That’s not the case. Unless you unless you chose a single lifetime option, which most time nobody ever does anymore. Okay, let’s talk about taxes. And this really has to do where if you’re taking money out of your savings account or non-retirement and putting money into this. So let’s say you have money in savings. You take money into savings and put into a fixed annuity. That fixed annuity earns interest and that interest is compounded. And when you take that out, that’s when you pay the taxes. So again, the earnings compound, the principal compounds, and you don’t pay taxes until you take the money out. Now, if you purchase a fixed annuity with an IRA, it’s still an IRA. whatever you put into it when it comes out, you have to pay taxes on it. So, also there’s something called a 1035 exchange. If you have a fixed annuity, you’re like, “Hey, I don’t want to pay the taxes on this. I want to continue deferring the taxes.” You can do a 1031 and move that money to a new annuity and still have that interest deferred. I’m working with an individual owner right now. He’s working. He’s in a 24% tax liability and he had this money in CDs and it continued to add to his tax liability each year. We’re able to put this money into a fixed annuity. He’s going to retire in 3 years. When he retires, he’s going to be in a 12% tax bracket. So, we’re saving almost 10% 12% in taxes on deferring this interest until he retires and takes it out. So, there is this tax planning angle when it comes to you know these annuities. If you’re trying to defer taxes to a later point, especially if you’re in a 32% tax bracket and you know you’re going to be in a lower tax bracket of retirement, it might make sense to go down this path. Okay, what’s the name for the insurance companies? Well, just like a bank, if you purchase a CD with a bank, they might come in and say, “Hey, we’re going to give you 4%.” They turn around and lend that money out and get 6%. So that 2% difference is the profit that they’re making. Same with these insurance companies. They might come in and say, “Hey, we’re going to invest give you 5.6% for a 5year term, but we’re going to turn around and invest it in very high quality individual bonds. Maybe we’ll invest in lend it out or invest in stocks. Our goal is to get more than a 5.6%.” And that’s the profit that they get. So if they’re able to get, let’s say, 7% on your money, their profit is 1.4%. 4%. There’s other ways to to there’s other ways that the insurance companies make the money. For example, with variable annuities, the me fee, the rider fees, the investment fees, all of those are part of their profit. I used to work for a company called Valick. Valick primarily dealt with variable annuities. And there’s a lot of times I’d see, okay, you put 100,000 in it and it’s worth $400,000. You’re paying an M& fee for nothing because at the end of the day, your beneficiaries will get $400,000 unless the market drast.

    There’s never going to be a situation where the 100,000 that account is is going to go below $100,000 because it’s worth 400. So, you know, these are other ways that these insurance companies make profit on investing with the annuities.

    Ultimately, you know, there’s no free lunch. You know, when you talk about these, there are these advisors out there and all they do is sell annuities and they do these expensive dinners and they do these demoners and they talk about annuities and a lot of times those annuities they’re they’re getting anywhere from 10 to 12% commissions on those annuities that they’re selling. You’re also buying an annuity that has anywhere from 10 to 15 year time horizon. Meaning your money is locked up for 10 to 15 years, but that’s how they’re paying for that dinner. That dinner is not cheap. That dinner could be $1,000. But if they’re able to come in and sell one annuity that pays for the dinner. So, and sometimes there’s annuities out there that are just too good to be true. You and it’s how it’s presented. Oh, I will give you a 30% bonus, but that 30% bonus that you’re get, the only way that you get that money out is you have to create a lifetime income. So, it’s understanding the details of that specific annuity. And sometimes those annuities have very high fees, long surrender charges. So, when it comes to this no free lunch, just know like if you go to a dinner seminar and you’re like, “Oh, this this annuity sounds great.” We’re happy to review and show you what’s the good, the bad regarding that. Now, at the end of the day, there are people that have annuities. I mean, if you currently have annuity and you’re like, “Well, I really don’t understand this annuity that I have. I want to know more about it.” Kim and I are happy to review it with you. No obligation review. Kind of show you what’s good, what’s bad, you know, would you turn on the income? you know, if you want to try to unwind it, we can unwind it. You know, is there a way to reduce costs, you know, increase some of the benefits, you know, whatever the case is, we can look at everything when it comes to that annuity and see show you what’s good, what’s bad with it, if you have one. So, who can benefit from these types of products? Well, if you’re looking for tax deferral, maybe you are in a high tax bracket, but you know you’re going to be in retirement in a low tax bracket. Maybe tax deferral would be beneficial. Maybe you’re looking for a higher fixed rate. Right now, a 5-year CD is paying around 4.1 4.5 where we know with fixed annuities we can pick up 5.6. Maybe you want growth potential, but you want to protect your principal. You’re concerned about what the market’s going to do. Well, if we’re wrong and the market does really well, you’re capizing capitalizing on it. If you’re right and the market goes down, well, your principal was protected. Maybe you need guaranteed income. You know, maybe you’re single, no kids, and you’re looking, hey, when I want to retire, I want to get the most income possible. So maybe creating more of a guaranteed income or personal pension is important to you. Maybe a death benefit is important. You’re coming in and saying, “Hey, look, I want to invest in the market and I believe in the market, but if anything happens and something happens to you, I want to at least have this principle protected for my beneficiaries.” And also, annuities can avoid probate. Again, with annuities, you list the beneficiary. You list who you want this money to go to. So if you want this money to go to your son, you can indicate, yeah, this money will go to my son. And if something would happen to you, this money goes to your son. And then your son decides if he wants to pull it all out or kind of stretch it over his life expectancy. So is an annuity right for me? Annuities aren’t right for everyone. At the end of the day, they’re not. There’s been times when I I look at an annuity I’m like that does not make sense. What’s the point to do so

    if annuity might be a good choice if you’re looking at creating more lifetime income for yourself and also a way to say hey I don’t know how long you’re going to live. It’s a longevity contract. You’re going to get this income for the rest of your life. No matter how long you live, you lived 105, you’re going to get this income. So that could be right for you if you want to reduce your risk when it comes to your portfolio. Maybe it makes sense for you. But again, it’s what what is your specific goals? And that’s kind of the questions you have to ask. Facts versus fiction. They’re too expensive. Well, some annuities are very expensive. Some h have no fees at all. They have hidden fees. Well, I by federal and state rules, they’re required the fees to be transparent. Now, I can tell you with variable annuities, you may not see all the fees cuz when it comes to the investment fees or maybe even the mortality and expense fee, you necessarily don’t see it, but there’s fees there. And we can happily show you what those fees are. They have high commissions. Yeah, there are there are annuities out there where the advisor that sold it to you gets a very high commission, but most of the time it doesn’t come out of your pocket. Meaning that if you put 100,000 in, that’s 100,000 that’s invested. That insurance company comes in and says, “Well, you just signed up for a 15-year time horizon on that annuity. So, we’re going to give this advisor, whoever sold it to you, a very high commission for doing so.” So, just watch out. Again, it’s all tied to the surrender charges. Um, but most, if not all, annuities, the commission does not come out of your money. Meaning, like, let’s go back to that 5.6%. 5.6 is what you’re going to get. You put 100,000 in, 100,000 is invested, that’s what’s earning the interest. that the FX annuity does pay a commission to the adviser whoever sold that to it, but it’s not coming out of your money. I can’t touch the money. Well, nearly all annuities have some kind of withdrawal feature. Meaning, if you needed to withdraw some money, there’s a certain amount that you can withdraw without any penalties. But if you do withdraw more than that, then that’s possibly when you could lose some of your principal or lose most of the interest you make. They’re too confusing. Well, sometimes they are. Some of the availabilities are very expensive, but that has to do with maybe the riders you’re signing up for or what you’re trying to accomplish with them. But we try to make them as simple as possible when it comes to what what makes the most sense for your situation. Now, let’s talk about some of the planning that Kim and I do for our members when it comes to does annuities make sense or not. So, Richard and Deborah came and saw us. Richard’s going to retire at 67. Deborah’s going to retire at 65. Richard has some health issues, so he’s going to we’re using a shorter life expectancy for him. They’re both contributing to the 401k. They’re maxing that out. receiving a match. We have their income coming in. We know what their social security benefit looks like. And Rich is going to receive a PBGC. They want to live on about $90,000 a year. Their healthcare is about 6,000 per person and they’re going to travel spend about $12,000 a year for travel. And we’re looking at federal and state taxes. So when we start putting these pieces together, you know, the first thing we want to look at is, hey, based on your assets, are you able to replace your income? And so you see the blue, that’s the income that they have coming in from working. The dark blue is social security they’re going to be receiving. And then the teal is the PBGC. Yellow is them taking money out of their investments. And the red is required minimum distribution. So when we look at this, it tells us that when it comes to kind of 49% of their expenses are covered with guaranteed income.

    Well, if they if they wanted to consider some of the assets, if they wanted to look at an annuity to increase their guaranteed income to pay more of their expenses, we can consider that and say, okay, if we came in and purchased an annuity that’s going to provide you a lifetime income, does that increase your covered expenses? So by buying an annuity actually increases 60 now 68% of their expenses are completely covered with guaranteed income. Meaning that you have guaranteed income coming in for the rest of your life and it’s covering 68 to 80% of the expenses that you have. So retirement is about climbing a mountain at times. You might climb the mountain. You work save work save. Once you get to the top of the mountain you’re like yeah I did it. But sometimes going down the mountain is the most dangerous. And in retirement that is true too because there are certain things in retirement that you don’t really think about while you’re working. You don’t really think about longevity. You know, you don’t really care about sequence of returns because you’re contributing to the 401k. If the market goes down, you’re just buying more shares. But in retirement, it’s really important because you don’t want to be selling those shares at a loss. you know, housing might change, more volatility in retirement. I don’t know. These all these different types of risk that you have to face be faced with and these are things that we can help you with when it comes to your situation. So, I know there’s more information that we be could be covering regarding annuities, but I think this is a good 101 class on annuities. Um, again, I’m going to answer any questions. Let’s see if we have any questions to answer when it comes to annuities. I will put a poll out there in the poll. If you’d like to schedule a meeting with us, please indicate that on the poll. So, I’m going to get that out now and let’s see what questions that we might have. All right.

    See where? Give me a minute. This way. Oh, first question. While discussing deferred annuities, fixed and fixed index, you mentioned liking the 5-year terms. Is there a reason that you and Kim like the 5year terms verse the other options?

    There’s not necessarily Well, think about this. We things change with it. 5 years is always a good time horizon because quite a bit of things change within that 5year time horizon. Um, so it’s just we like that that horizon verse a 7-year. Now, I’ve definitely provided 7-year terms to clients because with where the caps are right now, like in the 5 years, those caps are going to drop and we’re going to have to move the money and do something else. With going with a 7-year, you at least know for 7 years, you’re going to have those higher caps. So at times it’s just kind of a preference in regards to which one you want. So there’s not really a um a reason just because I think 5 years 5 years is a good time horizon to say hey we’re going down this path for 5 years 5 years we’re going to reassess what’s happening within the the economy. um fixed annuity withdrawals 10% total one or per year. It’s 10% per anniversary year. So for example, going back to that 5year term, you put 100,000 in first [clears throat] year, you can take 10% out. You you have 10% of the account value each year that you pull out without any penalties. Um can a trust be the beneficiary? Absolutely. The trust can be the beneficiary. So if you set up the annuity, you can name the trust as beneficiary. So if something would happen, this money goes into the trust. Uh trust. Absolutely. The beneficiary can be in the trust. Let’s see

    what other questions you have. It looks like those are the questions I have for right now.

    Give it a couple more minute. I’ll give it a minute if no additional questions, I guess. [gasps] Again, t thank you for taking the time to to do this. Oh, here it is. I’m considering a bridge strategy to refrain from taking social security till age 70, but what product or annuity would be good to retire at 65 and provide income only for 5 years versus lifetime income? or is there another way to do it? Oh, that’s kind of interesting. Um, so yeah, you could bridge it. You So you could ladder it. So when I say like maybe put some money into a money market that you access in a year, you can put some additional money into you just ladder it out. I mean, you could purchase a three-year and a 5year annuity. And then uh in between those you could ladder it with just money markets. So or even like a 4 year you could come in and say okay for the first two years I’m going to use a money market that’s going to pay about 3.4. Then you could do a three-year term and then a 4-year term and a 5year term to kind of get you the income that you need during those 5 years to bridge you until age 70. It’s just a matter of kind of how much risk you want to take. if you don’t want to take any risk at all. I mean, it’s just a combination of those two and building a laddered approach out and getting a higher interest rate for those 5year term for that those 5 years for an IRA annuity. Should I should a trust be beneficiary? Should should a trust be beneficiary? How does the death affect withdrawal requirements for beneficiary? Okay. So if you name the beneficiary, if you name the trust as the beneficiary, it it’s you have to it’s important to understand how does the trust interact? Meaning that if you put money into the trust, is the trust there specifically to to kind of hold on to money and disperse it out over a certain amount of period of time? or is the trust there just to say, “Hey, it’s bypassing probate.” When it comes to an IRA, you know, I guess it just depends on how how you want this money to be passed on beneficiaries. If you if you’re concerned how the beneficiary [clears throat] will receive this money, how they will spend it, a trust is important. But if you’re coming in and say, “Hey, my kids are responsible when they inherit it, they they’re going to know what to do.” you you may not necessarily want to name a trust, but I know there’s other ways to why you would name a trust and maybe name a trust to make sure that the money stays within the kind of the the family. So, it just depends on what that trust is there specifically to do. Are annuities FDIC insured? So, annuities are not FDIC insured. Annuities are insured by the state. So every state has their own insurance insurance. So for example, I can speak on Colorado. Colorado insures up to $250,000. California will come in and insure up to $250,000 also, but it’s 80% of whatever that account value is. So if you have an insurance company that fails, the state steps in and says, “Hey, we will insure up to 250,000.” So every state is a little bit different when it comes to that bunny being insured with that that annuity is an espia among the type of annuities you describe. Yes. So subsia is an immediate annuity where you’re coming in putting money in you’re going to get this lifetime income. Is a QAC required to start at age 85 or can it begin payouts earlier? I believe you can. That’s a good question. I believe you can pay it out earlier, but most of the time you delay till 85. I personally do not like the QAC. And the reason I say this, every time I’ve looked into QAC, so for example, if you’re 70, put money into a QAC, like the the point of it is to delay till age 85 and then turn on the income at that time. But if something would happen to you, let’s say something happens to you at age 80, the beneficiaries, yes, get the money you put into it, but for 10 years that money’s been sitting there, they earn no interest at all. So, it’s really hard to come in and say, “Hey, let’s put money in the QAC.” Yeah, it’s going to help you reduce some of your RMDs, but in regards to the earning power that you lose, it doesn’t make sense. What are other questions that are generally asked during these seminars that we often that we haven’t thought of? I think at the end of the day we covered a lot of ground when it comes to annuities and annuities are a you know it’s a individual by individual basis. It’s not like everybody should own this type ofity. No, it it just depends on what you’re trying to accomplish when it comes to this. Bonds, for example, have been a fixed annuities have been a great alternative of bonds. If you look at bonds today, year to date through the end of July, they’re at 0%. Meaning they’re down or or basically zero. So, and when you start looking at the the capital assumptions of what bonds are going to do for the next 5 years, it’s like under 4%. So, it’s kind of like, well, if I can pick up something that’s going to pay me 5.6% over the next 5 years, why would I invest in bonds? And again, kind of, you know, investing in bonds like year to date, like they’re at zero. Well, you might as well just put your money in savings. So there is some questions when it comes to bonds and how they’re performing and is there a better alternative to invest to get you the same kind of the diversification diversification when it comes to bonds is a way to protect principle and offset when the market’s going down. But where where interest rates are I mean the Fed’s talking about raising interest rates at the end of the year and then they’re look looking at maybe cutting it next year. So, we’re still going to see interest rates, a little bit of volatility with interest rates through the end of the year, meaning that bonds are probably going to do nothing for the year. So, it’s just another way to kind of provide a diversification from a traditional asset class. That was a lot. I apologize. [laughter] Does each annuity insured up to 250 are total annuities? Uh so again annuities are issued by different uh companies. So again um nationwide is let’s use nationwide as an example. So if well let me let me back up. So the state insurance up to $250,000. So you would have to be in the boat of seeing multiple insurance companies fail for you not to get your money insured. Now, what happens with all these insurance companies? If an insurance company kind of fails, the state steps in and says, “Hey, look, we’re going to go to Nationwide. Nationwide, if you want to continue doing business in the state, you need to buy the assets of this insurance company.” It happens all the time. It happens with banks, too. You they come in and say, “Hey, this credit union is failing,” which Alliance has had. It’s happened to us. not necessarily failing, but like the NCUA coming to us and say, “Hey, this bank is failing. We want you to purchase it.” Now, we’re going to review it and say, “Hey, we we’re going to do it or not.” But that’s what happens usually with insurance companies when they start to fail is this state steps in. He says, “Hey, if you want to stay, you know, it’s kind of like a if you want to stay, if you continue want to do business in the state, you really need to look at purchasing these assets.” So there have been insurance companies that have failed in the past, but when it comes to our platform and the insurance companies that we’re able to offer, we’re only a rated or better. So you have to watch out for those insurance companies that are A or below or B and below cuz those are the insurance companies that could fail. Uh

    would you suggest an annuity versus high savings account? You know, it depends on what you’re trying to accomplish. With high interest savings, you have access to the money at any time. Any annuity you purchase, you’re looking at a certain time frame, 3, 5 years down the road. Yes, you have access to 10%. But that’s the downside. you know, you should always have money in savings for you to access if you need it. But if you have this other layer of money that you’re like, I don’t see myself needing to use it, that’s when you can kind of add a little bit more duration on uh that type of investment. So, [sighs] all right, I think I answered all the questions. Um, what are the main or primary insurance we offer for annuities? We have access to pretty much anybody and anybody in the marketplace as long as they’re A-rated or better. So lately, Nationwide, um, there’s a company that we’ve been working with quite a bit. Nationwide, Athen Global Atlantic, Pack Life, you name it. Some of these big insurance players, we have access to their their platform. So, it’s not it’s not going with one company. It’s saying who has the best rate or what a reach. It’s a case- by case basis. It’s who in regards to this client who has the best opportunity and going to that specific company. So, I don’t necessarily have one company that I go to for all my needs. No, I go to what makes the best sense for my client. Do what’s in the client’s best best interest. So, all right. Well, again, thank you for taking the time. Um, I think we’ve hit our hit our hour almost and uh again we’ll reach out to everybody and uh go from there. So again, thank you very much. Bye.

  • 08/12/2026 – Alliant Webinar – The Fragile Decade – Preparing for retirement happiness by turning apprehension into anticipation

    Okay, let’s uh let’s share.

    I hope everybody is doing well. Let me uh it’s one of those days. So, it is a first day uh back to school here. So, in in Houston, so a lot of our school districts. So, I guess this is part for the course that uh that things weren’t exactly working. Hopefully, you can see the screen. Let’s open up that chat. So, if there’s any questions as well as that. All right,

    perfect. Thank you so much. Screen’s good. Sounds good. All right.

    Okay. All right. So, that was a fun start. So, uh we welcome everyone and I appreciate your patience. Uh we will still have plenty of time. We’re going to start a few minutes right here and it usually gives us time for people to uh to join and people are still joining as always. It is great to see uh some familiar names in [snorts] attendance and a lot of new ones. So, thank you so much for joining me. It is my pleasure to share some of the insights with you and information about retirement planning. Uh if you’re joining us for the first time, an extra special welcome. I’m Michael Mark, certified financial planner and a financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services or AIS for short. I live right here in Houston, Texas. Uh, and most my family has worked for United Intercontinental since the early 60s. So, you know, my family has been tied to Alliant longer than I have been alive, actually. And again, I’ve say this before. Uh, so for those of you who may not know, Alliant is the, uh, original credit union for United Airlines. And, you know, last year we celebrated our 90th anniversary. So whether you’ve come to us through United or Continental or Google or Tesla or CVS or Susie Orman, welcome.

    So there we go. So before we dive in, just a quick housekeeping item. So today’s session is for educational purposes and it includes proprietary material. So protect to protect the content and everyone’s privacy, we ask that attendees please do not record or capture the presentation uh whether that’s by video, audio, screen sharing or AI tools without prior consent. Thank you so much for your understanding on that and your cooperation. [snorts] Uh I’m not sure if you join this webinar via an email that you receive directly from us or signed up on the credit union’s website. Uh you may be familiar with the line credit union but not so much about ARIS. So I’d just like to take a couple of minutes and talk to about talk to you about ARIS. Uh in addition to the weekly seminars that we host, we are the fullervice wealth management and investment planning division of uh of the credit union. So we have a broad base of planning structure strategies, full plans, the full range of choices there. Regarding our webinars, you can find a list of our weekly webinar topics right on our website at aeris aris.allcreditun.com.

    [snorts] Um, you can also access our podcast which is investsavvy, our blog, and some other financial resources. You can also find us just right on the credit union website. We’re up in the upper right hand corner under the retire and invest tab. So each of us tries to do a couple of webinars a month. So I usually host one in the evening um and one in the afternoon like today. So my next webinar will be August 25th. That’s a Tuesday back in the evening. So it’s 6 o’clock central, 7 Eastern. Um and we’re going to be talking about creating a good life in retirement. Right? So, we’ll be talking about monthly income and how you structure that, some taxation penalties, things that you might want to know, some of the strategies on that. Uh, and then after that, social security, right? Uh, a fair share of our income in retirement. So, more of a practical session on security and its role in your retirement plan. We’ll look at spousal, survivor benefits, etc., and claiming strategies and some of the impacts on that. So quick disclosure uh these are this is for educational only uh it is not a recommendation. So today’s storyboard right what is the fragile decade why it matters and how to make it work. So what’s the fragile decade? So, and we’re going to take a step back on the fragile decade concept and how this came together. So, the company that worked on this, they worked on this for a year and they sifted through every retirement article, survey, research document, etc. Literally thousands of pages of research on retirement planning. And they basically laid this out in front of us so you can see it from the titles, right? The 10 things you need to retire, the 10 biggest mistakes people make in retirement. um happy retirees do this etc. So there’s a commonality and and actually this is a person who put this together. This is one of the doctors. Uh but so the commonality is there are huge disconnects too and that we needed to find it to synthesize and make it productive. Right? So whether the major life transitions or retirement, divorce, widowhood, inheritance, so business etc. The foundation is still the four phases of transitions and those transitions are It’s anticipation, ending, passage, and your new normal. Right? So, this is a very very normal cycle in every major life change. So, and and the timelines will be different depending on on what that that transition is. So, anticipation in this case, it’s really the moment you become aware of the possibility of the event. Your personal narrative, right, begins to shift. That’s where you’ve entered the man I’m getting close to retirement. And this is usually in your 50s is when this when this starts happening. The ending is is is obviously when you’re there, right? When you’ve really turned that page and the passage is there’s usually a bit of a transition. It might be a shock, right? Trying to adjust to your new normal or maybe not accepting the fact that you sleep in. you might have lost your purpose. Uh I’m used to getting up at, you know, 5:30 every morning to go to work and now I don’t have to. I don’t have to set my alarm clock. Um but once you go through that and you settle through that, and again, the time is different for everyone. You’ll adjust to your new normal. So these phases are really important to understand and know that they’re part of the normal cycle. So don’t fret too much. But part of this is prepping before that in the upcoming years. And what that does is that helps your transition to be much smoother.

    So the transition we’re going to talk about today is one of the biggest transitions people experience and that’s retirement, right? Um and it’s really not just a destination, it’s a journey. So when you look at it this way, this is what it looks like when you align the four phases of that transition. So welcome to the fragile decade, right? It’s the 5 years before and the five years after retirement. So the reason why we titled it the fragile decade is because all the research and studies and investor interviews that we’ve discovered that this time period is where people feel the most financially and emotionally fragile. Right? As we enter that anticipation patient age or phase there’s a commonality, right? And it’s the cause of anxiety. So that’s the fragile mindset. So this decade program will kind of help you prepare for that transition.

    Why this matters? Uh I would say understanding this from perspective matters. Make sure there’s no questions. Okay. Um so this is a fragile transition for all involved, right? Not just the person who’s retiring. It’s your family. uh spouse, children, grandchildren, friends, some of your co-workers. You know what caught our attention about this is depression, the depression stat, so clinical depression goes up 40% after retiring. And yes, we’re going to talk about strategies, but really just the mental health aspect of it, right? the years before getting all of your ducks in a row so you can feel more comfortable with being prepared as well as how you transition into that retirement. So these years are very precious, right? So from a mortality table, you’re entering into retirement today, you could expect to live 20, 25, 30 years in retirement. You think about it that way, you know, that’s a third of your lifetime. So that also means that twothirds of your lifetime has passed. So to put that in perspective, if you were 65 years old and retiring in the 60s, uh do you know on a how how many years on average you would have lived in retirement? The answer to that question is four and a half years. I wish this were in person because I’d love to see to get the feedback on what those numbers were. Right. So now our life expans expectancy is much longer 20 30 years. And the funny thing about that is now that we’re living longer, right, our pensions have really gone by the wayside for most of us. So helping you plan your lives for retirement is really beyond just the money aspect of it. And it’s just as critical.

    [snorts]

    So what we try to do is we talk a little bit about well it’s really purpose right but it’s adopting an experience ccentric approach with our clients. So you go from being in or I go from being the investment consultant to more of a life coach right because I can draw on the experience of the many other the thousands of clients that we’ve had and that we’ve been able to talk to. So if you don’t know we can say hey look I understand your situation this is what others have done maybe that interests you and then we can kind of work on a path so we’re not in the business of just a product right it’s a business of people right we want those 20 or 30 years to be quality years so obviously we want to make sure you’re financially ready but we want to make sure you’re emotionally and mentally ready for this transition as well. So for example, [snorts] one of the things that we do and that we recommend for clients who are a few years out, you know, 5 years out to say, “Hey, you know, have you maybe come up with a bucket list or what you want to do?” And frankly, your bucket list might be to do nothing. I’ve had clients who, well, they were oil and gas cuz I’m here in Houston and they were like, “Look, I traveled my whole life. If I never see a plane again, that’ll be the best retirement ever. So, there isn’t a right or a wrong to what’s important, right? So, maybe you want to go see the Northern Lights or visit the Hoover Dab or just go trace your ancestors, right? Whatever is important to you. You want to make sure that we’re on the same page or your advisor is on the same page as you are. So when you stop working, you’ll already know what your next step is. Right? It’s like when you uh when you left a job and started your new job, you already knew when you were going to start and what your plan was.

    So, one of the things that you can talk about is is maybe doing something if it’s not going places, right? Blogs, writing a novel, designing furniture, whatever, whatever that is. Um, discussing things like this, they kind of help make your dreams into reality. And the importance of that once you start doing this and you want to do this a few years out is that it’ll help you silo a goal, right? If it’s I want to travel the world. I’ve always wanted to live on a cruise ship for a year. Well, that would be a separate financial goal where it’s, you know, I’ve just wanted to write a novel. You know, outside of research, depending on what type of novel, that might be a relatively low cost. And especially as far as publishing those things, everything’s online now. was much much much less expensive to do this or you know your top priorities might be something like helping others right you want to start a new charity or you know I didn’t want to actually start one maybe I just want to do more volunteering than I already do or I’ve never been able to do because work and family have always gotten in the way right they’ve taken all of my time or just mentoring someone [snorts] in a certain place again there is no right or wrong, but I will say these they always tie. When you look at your goal, there’s still something that we call pillars of happiness. And I would say I don’t know if one is more important than the other, but I would say they’re all very important and vital. So, we’re going to talk a little bit about money, specifically income, right? Health, staying connected, and purpose. So people in retirement who have protected income are happier, right? Because they have to worry less. So whether that’s social security for sure, um if you’re fortunate enough to have a pension or some type of annuity, and I understand pensions have really gone by the wayside for most, but if you are fortunate enough to have one, that is a fantastic thing to have. You’re already ahead of many people there. Um the Wall Street Journal did had an article they they talked about the secret to to retirement to happy retirement is that being surrounded by friends and family and having protected income for life, right? And the reason why that’s significant is that we kind of view it as hey this is our nest egg on what we’ve been saving. This is our 401k, our IRA, our Roth IRA, our brokerage account, our cash, and then at some point we transition some of that into income. Well, studies show this. So, people with assets, they gain, they lose, they gain, they lose, right? They might lose money in oil or gas, um Tesla, Bitcoin, AI. Those people I’m going to jokingly say are miserable. That was that’s what the article said. But because of the stress, right? And the reason is that they focus on the loss or what they don’t have. So assets can cause stress. And don’t get me wrong, not having assets cause you a lot more stress, but really the focus should be more on the income, not the asset. Because when you retire, your regular paycheck stops and you’ll want a source of income that you can’t outlive, right? And it doesn’t mean that you turn everything into a source of income, right? You’ll still have growth and there’s still some bucket strategies. Um, but that’s kind of the general the general idea on this. So, the second pillar is health. So the better a person’s health, and I know this seems obvious, um it’s more likely to have a happy retirement, right? So 80% of people who rated their health as excellent said they were very satisfied with their retirement compared to 26 who said their health was poor. And and frankly, [snorts] the poor health could prevent you from doing those things that you’ve worked your entire life to be able to do. Um, now here’s the good news for a lot of people. Retirement offers an opportunity to refocus on health and wellness. And yes, I understand that some of those things are irreversible, but maybe starting before retirement where we work a little bit on nutrition and exercise or some kind of activity, maybe living a little healthier lifestyle. Um, or not if that’s your idea of retirement. Uh, the other thing is staying connected. And you know, the reality of of this is that humans, we are social creatures for the most part, right? At least it’s on our terms. Um, I don’t know if you ever watch a show alone, but they put these people out in the nothing. It’s like not a fake one, it’s a real one. And whoever can last the longest, they pick so much equipment, food, hunting, fishing, etc., etc., some kind of shelter they have to build. Whoever can last the longest wins the prize. It’s like I think it’s like 500,000 or something like that. But when you talk to the people who these interviews, they say, you know, the biggest challenge wasn’t, you know, the the danger of the animals or or the weather. It was being alone. It was being alone out there by myself that it was just overwhelming. So staying connected is important. I would argue just as important if not more because it’s part of your mental health and it really isn’t just social media, right? It’s getting out there and doing things. That’s one of the things about volunteering, right? You have people who you have something in common with just from the jump, right? Um health-wise, right? If you have low social interaction, right, you have greater risk of heart disease, um increased risk of cognitive decline and dementia. So staying happy and healthy in retirement, you want to focus on developing new relationships, nurture existing ones, especially as you revolve around work. I know there is a huge misconception for a lot of people that we talk to is that hey, you know, I I have a lot of friends from work and when they retired, those friends that are still working, they just kind of lose touch with them, right? So they were really your work friends. They weren’t real friend friends. So and it doesn’t mean they can’t be, but it does mean you want to make an effort to try to convert them from your work friends to your friend friends. So purpose. So retirement frees your schedule and for some unstructured time can be a little overwhelming, right? If not careful. That sense of purpose can lead to or the lack of purpose can lead to boredom, depression, maybe relationship stress. I know that was the case for my in-laws that he traveled a lot and then suddenly he was home all the time. So that was an adjustment in themselves. Um, so and this can be really true for those people who really identify closely to their careers.

    Purpose is really the reason that we get out of bed. So you want to find a new purpose. So let’s talk a little bit about something for the stages here. So let’s start this five-year countdown, right? This is your conversation blueprint, right? And it’s designed as a year-by-year countdown in in a checklist form. So since people live their lives by checklist, it makes a little bit easier, but these checklists aren’t set in stone, right? It just gives you kind of an idea of of what. So it’ll help you feel organized and and it’ll give you allow it allow you a sense of completion, right? When you create it, an accomplishment, and then you’re done. So once you enter the anticipation stage, which is about 5 years to go, right? And as you can see, that ranges from age 50 to 65 depending on when you are looking to retire. So you’ll start your income plan conversation. And this is really, really important as far as where your income is going to come from, how that’s going to be structured, maybe starting that conversation sooner than later because there might be tax benefits to setting these things up earlier than waiting until near retirement or after retirement. So, um, you’ll you’ll need to start planning the sequence of your income and what type of accounts you would use, right? So, whether this would be a Roth versus a non-retirement account versus your traditional IRA or your 401k, there are traditional orders in which you take that money, but I would tell you that is probably not the best. oftent times it’s a combination of those things depending and that way you can make the adjustment for current taxes current tax laws um as far as your plan you know whether that’s the traditional 4% of your assets the bucket which is you know my immediate money my 3 to five longer than five interest only a hybrid which is a combination protecting profits as well as hedging against loss So protecting your downside is extremely important because nobody wants to go back to work at 70 because they had to. Working because you want to is actually a fantastic idea. It gives you purpose. It keeps you mentally sharp. So you start your annual spending audit and your spring cleaning checklist, right? So what that does is that just says you you you look at how you’re actually spending money. What we find is that people think they spend a certain way and then [snorts] when they track it, they usually end up spending a lot more than they thought they did. So, and that can really upend a plan, right? If you’re thinking about how much income I need. So, a few years out, you want to start assessing your long-term care needs, right? Whether it’s traditional long-term care insurance, whether it’s a hybrid plan, whether you self-insure, there’s a lot of things to discuss on that. um at least to begin that conversation. Now, frankly, hopefully you already have that in place, but if not, that’s one of those things we can another one of the things that we can help. You start looking at your life and disability insurance needs, right? Obviously, you’re not working anymore. Disability maybe not so much. Um life maybe, depending on what you’re trying to do here, this is where you’re going to start thinking about your health care options, right? And not just the options, your location. Are you going to move out to the country where like in the country country where you know the nearest hospital is an hour an hour and a half away? Um are you just going to live in a big city where health care is readily available? So all of these things need to be discussed. And if you’re married, you really want to make sure you and your spouse are on the same page. So, [snorts] you’ll also start your pre-made planning at this point, right? What are we going to need? Do we travel? What are our goals look like? What are those goals expected to cost? We can do a little research now in today’s dollars and see what those costs. Um, your estate plan checklist. So, you know, do you have your power of attorney? Do you have your will? Do you have your trust? Do you have your medical directive? And I hope you already have that in place. Um but if not again and then you keep doing that spring cleaning. [snorts] So

    you’ll also look at new ideas, right? What you want to do. So this is where you design your next phase, discuss where you want to live, maybe do a little bit of recon and visit those places if it’s out of state um or out of the country. Hopefully that cuz that can certainly take a little bit longer. Consider your home upkeep. And you know, is it is it um maybe we need a new roof? Do we want to do that before we retire? New AC units. Maybe you need to take care of that foundation. Um cuz I live here in Texas and foundations cracking is a very common thing because we have clay uh in the ground here. So, and those can be big expenses, right? So, what I would say is even three years out, it’s a good idea. Do you need a new vehicle? Are we going to go down to one vehicle? Um, the home upkeep, your mortgage, what that looks like, and you just keep doing your spring cleaning. And then you’ll run and review your retirement income plan to make sure you are still on track. So, we’re getting closer, right? You start looking at your tax strategies, right? And I would tell you your tax strategies probably should have started in in in year one, right? Not two years ago and 5 years ago because some of those things you want to have as much time whether you’re going to do conversions, whether you’re going to set up for an income stream or something like that. They are advantageous to start earlier. Practice your retirement. And this is really important, right? What does it look like? What do we do on the weekend? What would that be doing every day? You might even look at a phase retirement if you don’t think you’re ready because not everybody’s ready for retirement. People love working. It gives them a reason to get out of bed every morning, right? So maybe where you’re at, they allow you to consult or they allow you to to reduce your hours. Talk to your employer about that. Or if that’s something you want to do and your employer doesn’t allow that, maybe that’s something that you start looking for. What kind of part-time work would I do? And what do I need to be able to do that? [snorts] Again, keep doing that spring cleaning.

    Now, we’re getting closer the final year. I love this. Get ready for seven days of Saturdays, right? So, this is where you start finance finalizing your health insurance needs, right? So, if you’re 65 or older, you would have already set up for Medicare. Um, you’ve already signed up for that. Uh, you will have looked into your um your supplement, your Medicare supplement.

    So, this is where you start enhancing your emergency fund, right, for basic needs for that given time because that transition can be a little weird, right? You don’t really know what to expect. you have an idea that since it’s such a major transition, I would say it usually takes a year or so for people to really settle in what they want to do and you just keep doing your spring cleaning. Look at your budget, see if your budget is in line with what you thought, and then rerun and review that retirement income plan. [snorts]

    So,

    over the next five years, right? You throw yourself a retirement party because you’re there. And I would say the finish line, but I don’t know if that would be the case. This is the ending phase, right? But it’s really more the ending of one chapter and the beginning of another. So now it’s about the next 5 years and it’s about the touch points and navigating that passage phase and continuing to look forward and getting ready and adjusting to your new normal. Now this one is important, right? Track your spending.

    How was your estimate? Talk about spending changes in retirement right [snorts] with your spouse. Are we on track? And I can tell you this. So, generally spending kind of looks like an S-curve, right? It doesn’t it doesn’t just go like this. So, you normally spend more in the very beginning because you have this time and you have your health hopefully and you have your goals that you want to check off. I want to travel, etc. I want to whatever you might want to do. So, you’ll see your spending increase and then once you start checking those off, it’ll usually come back down and then it’ll fall and then it’ll usually go up. And that’s usually because of health reasons and things like that. Um or or maintenance on the house, right? Just like just like us, houses and cars need more maintenance as they get older as well. So, start your idea jar. So, this is one of those things that you know, hey, what are these things I want to do or what could I do? So start that retirement happy journal. Um and I would say this is a good idea. Now whether people journal or not normally I understand that. But that journal is your thoughts and you’re talking to your people, your family, your [snorts] friends about how you feel about retirement. If there’s any struggles, what are those struggles? What it allows you to focus on the good and the happiness? Because I know as people, as a species, we tend to focus on the negative. We affect, we are, we feel the loss more than we feel the gains. Um, volunteer, right? Find something that you’re passionate about. It gets you out of the house. It keeps you engaged in society.

    So at this point we’ve entered this ending phase, right? So every relationship requires, right? Transitions take time. So start talking to your advisor, your accountant, your friends, your family, what your plans are, right? It might be, hey, we’re going to go spend time more a lot more time with the grandkids. Well, do your kids know that? Are they okay with that? Right? You want to make sure I would say don’t leave those types of the things. If it involves other people, don’t make the assumption. Talk to somebody about that. [snorts] So,

    we are happy to help with those things. Every relationship requires a little TLC. Uh we can start working with you early to ask to help you ask questions. We can also help answer questions that you did not know that needed to be asked. Um, how we can help. So, if you need a little help with budgeting, we can we can help you put pencil to paper, right? Remember, you’re trying to plan for the next 30 years, but it’s certainly not set in stone. Uh, consider this like sailing, right? where you’re you’re in a rough direction, a general direction, but you might need to make some adjustments along the way. Uh, and and as life changes, you’ll be prepared for that. We can help you maybe manage some of those accounts, determining your budgets. I would say probably the biggest thing for us are the the income strategies as well as Roth conversions, when you draw social security, right? when when you would try and maximize that income based on your longevity, bases on your spouse longevity, your family history. Uh trying to look at the gap, assessing your income needs. [snorts] Um

    these are some of the things that we can do, but I will tell you the tax implications before and during retirement, income structure, protecting that downside, right? The worst thing to do would be for those of who remember the 2000s. You’re everything’s good going into 1999 and you’re going to retire in 1999 and then 2000 happens, right? The Y2K, the dot crash, 911, then we go through the financial crisis. Are you prepared for that? Um we’ve a we’ve been asked about this before. So one of the things that we can do now is we are able to uh is your legacy position correctly right your basic trust wills etc. We offer some of those basic services to our clients uh a lot of which are free if it’s uh if your client’s of Aerys or discounted if it’s not. So, with that said, we’ve come to the Q&A part. So, if you have any questions, please type those in that Q&A box or in the chat. I’ll give you a couple of minutes. And while you’re doing that, I will put up um so this is my contact information also. So, that QR code will take you to my calendar if you want to schedule time specifically for your situation. Um, and there’s my contact information directly. If you haven’t looked at your time frame out on there, I suggest you do. We can definitely be really helpful on that. Uh, let’s see when we’ll go for questions while we’re doing that. Um, do we provide worksheets? Yes, we do. Um, so do we provide worksheets for the initial uh for the initial planning? we do in the sense that it’s usually a budget and then we kind of will talk about it. So the initial call is is just kind of talking about the general high level understanding your situation and then we go um then we go from there basically um as far as the fee for our services. So the planning part it’s something that we do at the end of the day we are a fullervice uh wealth planning division of the credit union. Uh the question is do you get a type of discount for your service if you are an allian customer? We do. Um but we are alliance. So [laughter] I’m actually an employee. If you go on the website you’ll see me. Um but yes what other questions do we have? Hopefully I answered that question. There are discounts. Oh, and as far as pricing goes, so there’s a lot we are cognizant of costs. So if I find I’ve always made the assumption that people really familiar with credit unions, but credit unions are a nonprofit or a not for-profit um financial institution. Doesn’t mean we don’t generate revenue, but we use that revenue in turn for higher interest rates on CDs, higher interest rates on savings accounts, lower interest rates on loans, etc. some of the discount discounted services through through the investment side. Um there are many things that we do that are uh no fee. Uh there are no commissions. You know, we we do everything from the traditional managed money. We can help you structure some of your tax structures on that. We are a frankly we are an underutilized resource that we don’t get marketed much. for very niche um and very boutiquey division. Um so what else? When should we start looking? So so obviously when you should start planning this obviously says 5 years but I would say prior to that the question so someone said am I fiduciary? Yes I am a fiduciary. I’m a certified financial planner CFP. you been doing this 30 years. Um, and I am used to working with people who are brand new to investing, who are just very unfamiliar about it. Um, to people who are much more comfortable with more complex trades and structures, things like that, and everywhere in between. Uh, I consider one of my strengths as far as making the complicated less complicated. Um, but planning as soon as you can and obviously you won’t take care of everything in the beginning, but I can kind of help you as far as your timeline goes that hey, you know, these things should probably be in place. These should probably be in place and we can kind of help you as far as resource uh

    what allocation should we look at? So, oh that’s an interesting question. Okay, so we had a question on what your retirement portfolio should look like. Um, there isn’t a an exact right answer on this because every person’s risk model is different. So, I’m just going to give you this general general general. Um, a lot of people have talked about that 60/40 portfolio. I don’t know if you’ve heard about that, but basically it’s a 60% stock 40% bond portfolio. um the world’s kind of changed on how you can manage risk. So you don’t necessarily need to do that and also the bond side really hasn’t been paying. So we look at a lot of those portfolios and they’ve really kind of underperformed [clears throat] over the last decade or so. Um so it really depends on the person. If if that’s if you haven’t um change that to just just change that to one of the yeses and we’d be happy to help you kind of look at where your structure would be because your structure does change from working into transition into retirement and how you look at assets. Um what else do we got that

    [snorts] question about Roth conversion? Should you convert? Um, should you do a Roth conversion? Should you consider a Roth conversion? So, the short answer is you should always consider it. Now, whether it would be appropriate or not, um, it matters, right? And and what it’ll matter it depended upon your particular situation your particular tax bracket your income now your income needs in retirement your expenses through your life cycle like um I’m going to travel for the first 10 or 15 years but after that I’m not but I have children and grandchildren and legacy is very important to me um or you want to look at it because you might be a medium high income earnner and even in retirement retirement, you might be impacted by Irma, right, which is how much you pay for social security, I’m sorry, not social security, for Medicare. So, all of those things matter. So, that’s why doing this a few years out, putting yourself in a different position, how you handle your RMDs, which are your required minimum distributions. So, all of those all of those matter. Hang on, we have a long question here. uh age 72. I’ve been retired for six years. The traditional required minimum distribution. I have x amount of dollars. I’ll turn with a little impact as possible. My spouse will retire. We are reasonably aware of the income streams we anticipate. Um,

    I’m not sure that was a question or maybe that was a statement, but if you’re asking how you would structure that, I would say in a particular one, just go ahead and schedule some time and we can look at that and we can look at those streams and how you would structure. Maybe that might be something on a conversion. Is life insurance considered an asset? It depends on what kind of life insurance. if it is a um if it’s a permanent policy versus a term, it’s certainly considered an asset in when considering your uh your estate calculation. Um I have a caution on using that as part of my retirement income. It depends on the other things that you have. Uh you have two rental homes with no mortgage. Awesome. You live in Florida. How do I calculate how much I can withdraw from my living expenses in retirement? So,

    if if you could schedule a time or actually just have me call you on that and we’ll discuss that. So, rentals, that’s a big question. So, there’s a couple things, right? So rentals are good for income as long as you have a great renter in there who pays their rent. So things can change, things can change over time. There might be a point even if you have rental companies where you’re like, “Hey, you know what? Now it needs roof and and it’s going to cost me 30,000 or I have to put AC units or I got a bad tenant in there and they did $10,000 of damage, which happened to my sister-in-law.” um you know and now not only they have the expense of of actually having to do the repair, they’re out for a couple of months because you can’t have a renter in there. So that there’s a bit of an asterric on how you calculate rental income. Uh and that situation is probably individual for each one. So I would say that’s good to have them. It’s great to have them, but it is a little bit different than some kind of structured uh next question. If I have the flexibility to choose when during the year I retire, is there a best time to optimize taxes and social security? Yes, there is. Um, we have a calculator on that. So, whether you’re single or married and how much income you have um versus your goals, uh there there’s a way to maximize how much total dollars you would take. I would tell you one of the discussions that we have with the members is is saying look you know more money later is a great idea except we’ve had you know you have to look at your health right would I rather have even though it’s less monthly income I rather have it earlier so I could still do those things I want to do while my health allows that I wanted to hike Machu Picchu or I wanted to go see the Grand Canyon and I didn’t want ride the mules down there. I actually wanted to walk down there. Um, that might be better served in your 60s versus 80. Not that it’s impossible, but you know, it might be a little bit easier. So, there’s a little bit of a moving scale on that. Uh, give me a call on that and I can kind of help talk you through that because that’s a very individual thing. And I will tell you what it does look at is it looks at your expenditures, right? how much you are going to be spending monthly for how long of a period of time as well as how much income you have. Uh what else? Next question.

    All right, it looks like we got them all. Thank you so much for the questions. They were great questions. I hope other people got some insight from those questions. Hopefully I answered them. If not, forgive me. Give me a call and I could uh maybe maybe I might have misunderstood the question. But with that said, thank you everyone for attending. I hope to see you on future webinars. Please give me a call if you have any questions on the planning aspect. Until then, take care, be safe, enjoy the rest of the day. Take care. Bye now.

  • 08/11/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY MEDICARE PLANNING – Managing Health Care Expenses in Retirement – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Medicare and Long-Term Care

    Well, good evening everybody. Thank you so much for joining me for the uh healthc care and retirement uh Medicare that we’re going to be talking about tonight. Hopefully this will give you a little bit of a taste of if you have not explored this yet, hopefully you’ll learn a little bit about uh how Medicare works, what’s involved, how much does this cost, what am I expected to pay in healthcare uh coverage in retirement. So, we’ll dig into that. Uh but uh before I do get going, I do have to uh say that we are not able or allowed uh we cannot record these presentations um as for compliance purposes. So and we cannot have them recorded either. So we’ve had some listeners attempt to record some of ours and put them out there and we are we cannot do that for compliance purposes. So uh thank you so much uh for that. But uh um if you do have questions after this and you wanted to kind of go back and revisit it, I would be happy to do uh have a one-on-one conversation with you. Uh with that, I will be putting up a survey at the end of this presentation to see if you would like to have a one-on-one conversation. Just select yes on the survey. Basically, would you like to have an appointment with Joe? And uh we’ll get together. Well, whether that’s phone, Zoom, or possibly even in person if you’re local to uh uh the Chicago area here, uh my office over on Tui Avenue over by O’Hare airport uh not too far from there, and we can uh have a one-on-one conversation about whatever in retirement is important to you. Uh so, before I get going, I do want to let you know I do have Social Security presentation coming up. That’ll be at two uh two in the afternoon central time on August 26th. And then September 8th, I cannot believe I’m talking about September already here um with summer winding down, but that’ll be a 6 p.m. Central time on tax planning. uh looking at different types of uh taxable accounts or tax deferred accounts, tax-free accounts when we talk about Roth IAS and things like that and what this all means to the strategy of where are you going to be drawing from in retirement uh to supplement income like social security, maybe a pension, but to do things in the most taxefficient way for you. All right. And then uh you do have access to some some educational resources to see what other webinars are going to be uh presented. I am one of about 10 uh or 11 people that do these presentations around the country. We have people in LA, Denver, San Francisco, Houston, Utah, uh that we’re based out of that we have people there at different time zones doing uh a lot of uh similar topics and I do probably about eight different topics throughout the year. Uh again, I personally do these every 2 weeks and uh with sometimes maybe in 2:00 in the afternoon, maybe sometimes a 4:00, maybe a noon, uh 6:00 uh central time, just like we’re doing right now. Uh so you do have access to see what webinars are going on, our Invest Savvy podcast, and Aerys, meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, the Aerys website and blog. you can check that out too to see what products and services that we do offer. So, three key points that we’re going to cover. Actually, before I get going, I’m so sorry, but I want to let you know that if you do have any questions throughout the presentation, I will be taking those at the end. So, if you think of a question, you have access to the chat box or the Q&A question and answer box. And if you think of a question, go ahead and type it in at any time throughout the presentation. Those will stick to the end. I will take those questions at the end of the presentation and hopefully uh answer whatever is on your mind here. So, and again, if you do have questions further after that, please say yes on the survey after that and you and I can have a one-on-one conversation. Um, I haven’t introduced myself. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here with the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services team. I am an Alliant employee. I do investments, I do stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities, and all sorts of different things. One of the biggest things that I do is that retirement plan. Uh that plan is basically if someone says, “Joe, here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path to do what I need to do to get where I want to be to have the retirement that I desire?” Uh or maybe even saving for education. Whatever that saving goal is that you have, are you on the right path? And am I are you invested correctly according to your risk tolerance in the time period that you’re going to be investing? And am I too aggressive or even too conservative in some of the investments that you might have? Um interest rates uh who knows what’s going to happen. They keep talking about are rates going to start going down. They the Federal Reserve did lower a couple of times and now they’re on a pause. uh with you know with uh world events going on right now, who knows where things are going, but whether things are good, whether things are bad in the markets, whether interest rates are higher or lower or staying the same, are you going to be okay? That’s what that retirement plan will hopefully solidify for you. So again, please say yes at the end of that presentation or this presentation and we will hopefully very soon have that one-on-one conversation. So, three key points that we’re going to discuss. Number one, if you do not enroll in Medicare on time, you will pay a monthly penalty. If you do not get the right private insurance to go with Medicare and some we might call that supplemental coverage or the metag gap uh policy, a couple of different terms, but basically the same thing. Basically, you can have an insurance to cover the things that uh that Medicare does not cover. You may too much in pre uh in premiums or out-ofpocket costs. And number three, if you do not plan for higher health care costs in retirement, you could run out of money. So, or not be able to get the care that you need. So, the agenda, we’re going to talk about uh Medicare enrollment. When do you need to? What is Medicare? Who needs to enroll in Medicare and when? And how do you enroll in Medicare? How much does Medicare cost? What does Medicare cover? What does Medicare not cover? That’s a very important one. And I could tell you right up front, long-term care is one of those. We will be touching on long-term care uh you know, a little bit here tonight. So, we’ll talk about that, not digging into how uh what types of policies, but again, that’s still an important part of uh as people are living longer and maybe needing care down the road. How is that going to be paid for? How does private insurance work with Medicare? How does that supplemental or metagap work? Uh two reasons. Your health care expenses will be higher in the future. Number one, inflation. Health care costs just rising over time. Uh generally health care uh costs do exceed traditional inflation. So as costs go up with inflation, medical costs usually exceed that and go up faster. increased need for services as you age. Uh Medicare does not cover long-term care. So Medicare enrollment uh before the age of 65, who pays for health care? So your employer, maybe your group coverage, maybe you have a retiree health care uh health insurance before you turn uh turn on Medicare. Uh COBRA if you left a job and maybe for 18 months or so is what you get coverage for. you can basically continue the same work policy that you had, but it’s all on your dime now. So, the your company is not uh either paying for a portion or all of that health coverage. Individual health insurance, you can just go out there and shop in the market uh to see what how much uh uh your health care coverage will cost and what level of care that you might be uh covering. after age 65, Medicare pays first, except for if you are working still and you are in a I’ll call this a qualified plan because this will come up quite a uh quite a few times in here. Uh except employer group plans that cover 20 or more employees um or if your spouse is still working and you’re covered by a plan through a spouse. So if typically if it’s a a a company 20 or more employees that you have this coverage, you can still keep your coverage and then Medicare um part B you can defer if you are still working. So, you don’t have to pay for that because and we’ll talk about who pays for Medicare A, who pays for Medicare B, who pays for D, your prescription drug coverage, who pays for the advantage plan, and how does all that work in uh retirement. And your other insurance pays second after the age of 65. So, what this means for you, unless you are covered by an employer group plan, a qualifying plan, you must enroll in Medicare when you turn 65. What if you don’t enroll in Medicare on time? Very important to do it because you will pay late enrollment penalties. Uh, your health care expenses may not be covered by insurance or your private insurance options may be limited. So before it’s typically 3 months before you turn 65 to 3 months after you turn 65 is that uh general initial enrollment period that you have to sign up when you are age 65. If you are unsure of what type of work plan that you have and should you be signing up for something, check with your employer on those and hopefully you have a a person that would know that basically here’s how our coverage works. Yes, you should, you know, start applying for Medicare or no, you don’t need to based on your plan that you have. What is Medicare? National Health Insurance Program for people 65 plus. uh administered by the Centers of Medicare and Medicaid Services and you enroll through the Social Security website. Uh and I believe it’ll come up in a a few slides, but ssa.gov is the website for that. This is where you can go if you want to sign up to see how much you’re expected to receive in Social Security. Uh through the Social Security site, you can kind of navigate through there and get your numbers. Basically, what if you want social security as early as 62 or your full retirement age between 66 and 67 or even defer till age 70 to get the maximum amount monthly income. Um, this is the same site that you would apply for your Medicare. Who is eligible? Basically, everyone over the age of 65 who is a US citizen. legal residents who have lived in the US continuously for at least 5 years. So legal residents, not non-resident. So some people under 65 who are eligible for disability. So if you are on permanent disability, you may be eligible for Medicare earlier as well. There are four parts of Medicare. You can either have A and B. A is your hospital coverage. B is your doctor visits and things like that. Your doctor, your medical coverage. So A, you do not have to pay for. It’s already you and when you’ve been paying into Social Security and Medicare, all of your working years, and 6.2% of your paycheck goes into Social Security, 1.45 of it goes into Medicare. Your A your hospital is uh insurance is covered already. You do not have to pay for A. B is what you pay for. It’ll come up, but that current price is $20.90. $22.90 per month is what an individual pay will pay for Medicare Part B. And that does come out of your Social Security check. Medicare Part C is what you would get if you do not want traditional A and B. It’s uh the advantage plan. I will use this similar to it’s not exactly an HMO but it is similarish to an uh like an HMO where uh doctors are they have to be in network and things like that if you are on the advantage plan and then Medicare part D is your prescription drug coverage. So when you sign up for Medicare, you are signing up for A and B or C. And then D, the prescription can go with both of those uh options. And you could see at the bottom right where on Medicare part C and D is you would shop for those. So if you want the advantage plan, you do not sign up through that through the social security site. you have to go out and shop at through United Healthcare or Blue Cross Blue Shield or Etna, one of the big carriers and use a big name brand carrier for something like this. Um, but uh so Medicare C and for your prescription drug coverage, you are going to be shopping for that. So here’s another list there. So option one is you do A and B together and then you would add your prescription drug coverage on and then you would also get a supplemental insurance to cover what Medicare does not cover. Uh very important. I’ll use my uh my parents as an example. My father was uh in and out of the hospital. He had a lot of heart issues in his younger years too. 49. He had his first heart attack. He had a bypass at 51 and heart attack, heart attack, heart attack, another bypass at 64. When he passed away at the age of 75, he was in the hospital for probably about 10, 12 days. And we’re thinking, so Medicare and all the procedures that they do did and everything like that and pacemaker, defiill, all those things. So he was in the hospital, he passes away, and then it was like, oh my gosh, what are the doctor bills going to be after all this? everything goes to Medicare and they cover what they cover and typically 80% is what Medicare will cover especially on you know for part B uh part A typically and sometimes they will even cover up to 100% of that but whatever they don’t cover it goes to his supplemental which was Blue Cross Blue Shield at the time and every then they pay what they will cover and they pay everything basically we had zero out of pocket for that. Now, I can’t guarantee that will always happen, but basically when you have that metagap or that supplemental coverage paying for what Medicare doesn’t cover, some people might say, “I don’t want to pay for that medic, you know, that couple hundred bucks for a metagap policy or a supplemental policy.” Um, that’s just money. I don’t go to the doctor a lot. I’m pretty healthy. But you never know what’s going to happen. So, some people might take a chance and not have a supplemental. But if you think that there’s certainly that need and I would usually if someone said should I get it should I not get it I would say get it a supplemental. So in the or option two on here is your Medicare advantage Medicare C which covers basically A and B and your prescription drug coverage all in one policy that you would go shop for. Again, you have to go to United Healthcare, Etna, Blue Cross Blue Shield, one of the big carriers, and you shop for your advantage plan, Medicare Part C, and your your fees or your charges. Uh your premiums might vary depending on any pre-existing conditions potentially, if there’s what state you live in, what county you live in. Uh so, yeah, prices can vary depending where you are. How do you enroll in medic in Medicare through the social security site? If you are receiving social security, Medicare A and B are automatic. You can decline B if you have other work coverage. Uh so if you have that qualifying coverage, again, 20 employees or more, uh you do not have to sign up for B because your work will cover that and then uh your A is free anyway. So, some people will definitely sign up for A if they can uh or if they should and then uh because they don’t have to pay for it and then they they can decline B until you retire or stop working. And before you stop working, that’s when you’re going to start shopping and getting that Medicare Part B going. Um so, it turns on immediately when your work one turns off. So, very important to start that ahead of time. Your coverage starts the first of the month um you turn 65. Uh so Medicare C and D are not automatic. You must choose a private insurance company to do that. So um A and B. So you go on the site and you can activate them. And but if it’s C and D, nothing happens until you go on and you shop for uh for that coverage in a um in the advantage plan and then adding your prescription drug coverage. And if you do sign up for A and B, your prescription drug coverage is still through a private insurance company. So you do have to many people will shop for their supplemental policy and then add prescription part D on that, you know, with that same provider or carrier. If you are not receiving Social Security, you must sign up through the Social Security uh website um for Medicare enrollment. And there’s three times that you can do this. The initial enrollment period, if you’re not covered by a group plan, when you turn 65, there is a special enrollment period. That is if you are working still at the age of 65, even if you’re on social security, uh if you work till 66 or 67 or even later, uh you don’t do not have to uh sign up for um for B until that time. So, you might be signing up for your Medicare during the special enrollment period when your group or work plan ends. And then if you don’t do either of the first two, then there is a general enrollment period, which we will cover. Uh, if you sign up before the month you turn 65, it starts the month you turn 65. So, there is a one month delay of when you sign up and then it will start the next month. So you could see that uh the month you turn 60 or the month before the month of 1 month after or two to 3 months after and then if you miss the 3 months after then you’re you could be penalized. So uh you’re going to have 3 months before to 3 months after to sign up for your Medicare.

    Who signs up uh in the initial enrollment period? So pretty almost everyone if you are not working and if you don’t have that qualified work plan uh then you will be signing up for Medicare. Um this is for part A. So you may be advised to enroll in Medicare part A to enhance hospitalization. How the big however is if you have a high deductible plan. Uh so for example, my health coverage here at Alliant is a high deductible plan where I can contribute to a health savings account, an HSA, because I’m contributing to the HSA account. If I sign up for a while, while I have that work plan, which some people can do, but I cannot contribute to my health savings plan anymore, the HSA account. So, uh, for me it would be advised because I’m on a on a high deductible plan to not sign up for part A when I turn 65. So, um, so in that case, but if you do not have a high deductible plan, you might be advised to sign up for A and then sign up for B when you stop working.

    Who signs up for part B? people who are not covered by a group plan, you will definitely stop uh uh start your part B. If you are not working, if you’re self-employed, employed by a company with less than 20 employees if you’re on COBRA, that 18-month coverage if you leave a job. So, let’s say you left a job at age of 64 and you were on COBRA. When you’re if you’re on COBRA, you turn 65, then you would turn that on. You would stop COBRA and turn on Medicare Part B. Uh if you’re receiving retiree health benefits uh employed by a company whose health plan is less comprehensive than Medicare, you will be signing up for part B. So who signs up for part D? This is the prescription drug coverage. People who have signed up for A and B and want prescription drug coverage either now or in the future. Even if you are not on any meds right at this point, if you are turning 65, it’s still recommended to sign up for Part D. talk to your that healthc care provider if you are signing up for any details on that. But you must sign up when first eligible or fa uh face late enrollment uh penalties. So even if you’re not on meds, you still might be have to sign up for it. Two options for part B. Part D is the standalone drug coverage or if you sign up for the Medicare Advantage Part C, then you can include the drug coverage in there. It’s kind of an option on there, but it’s still it’s all in the same policy if you have the advantage plan. But if you are on A and B, then you have to go shop for part D. The special enrollment period is for people who did not sign up for part B and D because they had a work plan and they were still working. So they had this work plan and so they don’t sign up for B and D, but now they’re 67 and they’re now retiring. Now they have to sign up for in the special enrollment period. Basically, it’s a qualifying event that basically said, I did not have to do it in the initial enrollment period. I can do it in the special because of this leaving job uh qualifying event. So special enrollment period for part B uh part B anytime before your coverage ends. You’re going to want to sign up before your last day of working. And the 8-month period starting this month uh of group coverage ends. So there could be up to an 8-month gap. I don’t recommend having an 8-month gap, but uh um but it can happen. Part D is anytime before your coverage ends up to within 63 days after your coverage ends. Why 63 days? No idea. Why 8 months for part B, but only 63 days uh for part D. But basically, if you are leaving your job, start shopping and getting that uh part B and part D going as soon as possible or to start immediately after. you can sign up for it before and activate it based on when your um when your group plan ends. Best time to enroll in Medicare to avoid late enrollment penalties. Sign up during the initial or the special enrollment periods to avoid any gaps. Uh sign up before your coverage ends. Now, if you do not sign up in the initial or the special enrollment periods, you have the opportunity every year to sign up from January 1st to March 31st in the general enrollment period. Coverage starts the month after. So, if you sign up in January, it starts in February. Start sign up in February, it starts in March. Sign up in March, it starts at April 1st. So, um these are the general. Now again, caution, caution, caution. If you are going to be signing up uh not when you should have, if it’s going to be late in one of these, you could have penalties. So, um always do it. You know, the the uh the initial and the special enrollment periods are the two that you should be doing. Hopefully, people are not signing up in too much for in the general enrollment period. So, the review, the initial, this is for everyone. If you are 65 and if you do not have a work plan, you are signing up up to three months before your 65th birthday and your coverage starts the first day of the month you turn 65. special enrollment period is if you do have a work plan and you don’t want to sign up for especially part B and start paying for it, then you can wait until you’re done working at 66 or 67 or whatever age you stop working. Then you would sign up for part B in the special enrollment period and the general enrollment period. If you did not do the first two, then you only have January, February or March to sign up for it. If it’s April, May, June, you will not have coverage April through December if you do not sign up in those three months. How to sign up for Medicare A and B. SSA.gov. Here’s that website that we said. If you uh I’ve heard hold times can be pretty long if people do call. Uh again, the website is probably more recommended. I’ll leave this up for a second. Someone doesn’t want to take a picture of the screen just for that phone number or that website. Uh, I’ll I’ll leave this up for just a moment here. I know we do have some questions right now, but if you do have a question, again, go ahead and type it in the chat box or the Q&A and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. Hi, how to sign up for Medicare Part D. If you decide you want A and B, Trai, I’ll call that traditional uh Medicare. uh part A, your hospital coverage, part B, your doctor uh coverage, and then you sign up for D, the prescription drug cover drug coverage. Uh then you’re going to start shopping for it through private insurers, like I said, Blue Cross, Blue Shield, United Healthcare, Etna, one of those big carriers. If you sign up in the Medicare Advantage plan, then you can add the prescription drug coverage on that same plan. And both of those C and D are through that private insurer as well.

    Medicare and private insurance. So premiums are generally are nearly half of the um Medicare benefits out-of- pocket health uh spending. So uh when we look at some of the what you’re paying in premiums and it’s going to come up again, but $22.90 is what that premium is for Medicare Part B. So you do not have to pay for a you’re paying the $22.90 and then your Medicare Part D, call it aboutish $40 a month for the premium and then any potential out-of- pocket costs you might have depending on what drugs you may be on. Uh so but this is looking at what you’re paying in premiums that 22.94 and then services may and things that are not covered by Medicare. For example, you see on the right side things that are not covered, long-term care is not covered by Medicare. Uh things that are uh not covered like dental, eye coverage, you do have to shop for that separately. So, if you’re going to be shopping for Part D, if you want a standalone eye coverage or dental coverage, you can certainly shop for those, but those are not covered by Medicare. home health or outpatient medical, inpatient hospital, uh things like that. Uh so you could have some out-ofpocket costs, but again premiums are about 42% is just what you’re paying in premiums in your healthcare and then any services after that. So, your premiums uh paid to Medicare and again that if you are on social security that comes out of your social security check or payment direct deposit uh private insurance premiums for uh part D your prescription drug coverage or the uh your metagap policy, the supplemental um are premiums that you’ll be paying or the advantage plan that you’ll be paying that premium. other out- of- pockets uh like there’s could be some deductibles uh portion of uh doctor bills not paid by Medicare traditional things are sent to uh approval to Medicare as many hospitals will do that or doctors and you know they will check to see is this procedure covered can we do this and Medicare still pay for it sometimes Medicare will say that’s not a covered thing maybe it’s an elective type of surgery or cosmetic something like that that’s not covered and there could be more out-ofpocket costs.

    Monthly premiums. So, part A you do not have to pay for unless you have just like when you sign up for social security, do you have enough credits or enough quarters in? So, um you know, you’ve had to have greater than 40 quarters or 10 years of working. If you do not, then you may have to pay for part A. But traditionally, more than 10 years of working that you do not have to pay for a part B. Here’s that 20290 that I said in 2026. And pretty much every year this goes up and not every but uh most years that there is an increase in that premium uh plus any income related adjustments. So Medicare Part B, this is why I do the retirement planning to uh as well. If you make too much money, your Medicare part B, part B premiums can be increased significantly depending on what your total income is. So, it’s one of those cautions so you and I can have that one-on-one conversation if you think that you’re going to be a high income earnner or one of those limits and they call it Irma, IR MAA, income related monthly adjustments of your Medicare premiums. So, it’s certainly something to be aware of. Many people are under that limit in retirement, but many people can be above that. And part D is paid to private insurer. It varies with plan. So, it’s uh um it’s on an average we use about a $40 per month premium cost for that. So, here are those monthly adjustments for B and D if your income is high. So, looking at the top row here, so I’m going to look at 109,000 if you are a single filer. If you make more than 109,000, your premiums can go up. So if you’re at that or less, you’re going to pay the 20290. If you are married filing joint, it’s double that, 218,000 of MAGI, modified adjusted gross income. So this includes dividends, interest, IRA withdrawals. Uh anything that is taxable uh can be added to this. So if you make large IRA withdrawals in a given year, your premiums can go up two years later. It’s about it’s a 2-year gap. If someone takes uh has high income in 2026, 2028 is when their premiums would go up. If your income in 2027 goes back down below the that threshold, then in 2029 your premiums can go back down. So, it’s you earn the next year you file, IRS sees it, Medicare sees it, and then the following year the those go up or down based on that. And you can see based on varying income levels on how much higher for part B when I look at you could be paying as much as $487 a month for your Medicare if you have very high income. Same thing with your Part D premiums if you’re uh at the base. you’re paying uh about $40 a month, but then there’s increases on your Medicare Part D premiums if your income is too high as well. Deductibles. So, part A, there’s an initial uh per spell of illness, 7 1,736 deductible, $283 per year on Medicare Part B. And then prescription drug coverage uh part D, it’s a $615 deductible. So, are you going to pay these deductibles or will you have a supplemental policy that could pay for some or all of these deductibles? So, when you have your amount that you’re paying, so part A hospital is $434, uh for uh you know, for the first 60 days, it’s you are covered. If it’s uh over 60 days, 61 to 90 days, you could have $434. And days 91 to 150 are $868. And then skilled nursing is covered up for 20 days, but 21 through 100 days is $217. These are all per day costs. And if it’s over 100 days, it’s 100% out of pocket then for skilled nursing. So, this is what Medicare pays. This is why you would need either need long-term care and or at least a supplemental policy. Part B, you’re basically Medicare covers 80%. You could be on the hook for 20%. However, your supplemental policy can cover that 20%. And anything that’s not approved by Medicare could potentially be either out of pocket or through your uh supplemental plan. Part D co- insurance. So there’s a deductible $615 thou dollars. Uh the prescription. It’s such a confusing uh mess of when you’re covered, you’re covered, then you’re not covered, then you’re covered again. They call this donut hole, if you’ve ever heard that term before. Uh but 25% of drug costs after deductible have been paid. Um is what could be uh out of pocket. Uh no further costs if you know if you reach 21,00. So that’s the max out of pocket is 2100. And the drug plans vary. So if you even live in a certain state or area and you call United Healthcare or Etna or Blue Cross Blue Shield, you might get three different premiums uh from those. What Medicare uh covers hospital 100% for the first 60 days. Medicare medical services 80% basically for all your doctor visits and things like that doctor bills is 80% and then uh all the varying things from prescription drug coverage and then you can also get uh you know flu shots things like that uh I think shingles they will cover uh there’s many things like that some preventative services what Medicare does not cover first one long-term care uh so that when we saw that skill build nursing up to 20 days. Uh call that short-term care, but uh it is definitely not long-term care. Uh care delivered outside of the US. So many people will need some type of supplemental policy if you travel a lot. I’ve heard of instances where even you know when uh this person was on Medicare but it was in another country and became ill was in the hospital for about 10 days and there was other insurance that covered but Medicare did not cover outofcountry services. They do not cover dental vision, hearing aids, cosmetic surgery, acupuncture, alternative care uh amounts over Medicare approved amounts. So, if a doctor submits a a thing that says, “Here’s how much we’re going to charge for this.” Let’s say it’s a $10,000 thing, and Medicare says, “Oh, no. We’ll only cover $7,000 of that. Either lower it or the the patient might have 3,000 out-of- pocket costs.” So, amounts not covered by deductibles and that co insurance of that 20%. So those so there’s going to still be some out-of-pocket costs, but you can still get this supplemental policy to hopefully cover some of these others. So what private insurance co may cover in full or part. So your deductible. So if you have a supplemental policy, that could cover your deductibles for a uh for your part A deductible. Hospital costs after 60 days could be covered by your supplemental. the 20% out of pocket from your part B that is out of pocket costs could your supplemental could cover that and amounts that any doctors overcharge that Medicare did not approve. I can’t guarantee they will, but many uh your supplemental may cover that. And prescription drugs, um you know, so the deductible and most of the costs. So, you know, when you’re shopping for your part D and your supplemental, see if they will kind of work with each other to have as little out of pocket as you can potentially have. So, different types of policies for metagap policies or supplemental policies. Private health insurance for individuals sold by private insurance companies again Blue Cross Blue Shield, Etna, United Healthcare. Uh supplemental original Medicare coverage uh for A and B. So this is you do not get the supplemental if you are on the advantage plan. This is only if you are signing up for A and B. Uh they follow federal and state laws to that protect you. Uh there are different plans almost every state except for these three states that do not uh they have some different rules but medic um Medicare it’s or Medicaid even are you know their government but their state kind of state and federal government things working together. So each state might have different rules uh does not work with the uh Medicare advantage plan. Like I said, you pay a monthly premium. I would say on an average 200 220 a month is what you might be paying on a uh you know a supplemental policy and costs again vary by plan company and where you live. Here’s all the different plans that you can select from when you’re buying a supplemental policy. They are all standardized. Again, the premiums could c be different depending on the company and where you live. But when I look at F, plan F, you could see 100% 100% all the way down and foreign travel up to 80%. So this is the the what covers the most. You can look at A that covers the least. How much are the premiums on these? A is probably going to cost a lot less than F in this case. So, the more coverage you want. Now, when I talk about my when I talked about my dad, my dad’s situation, uh, he had plan a G, it was G at the time. Um, and it’s kind of one’s phasing out, one’s coming in. But F and G, the only difference between F and G is a, um, a deductible. It’s a couple hundred deductible um, for that. So when you have the full coverage, that’s why we had nothing out of pocket for my dad uh when he was in the hospital for all those days uh because pretty much whatever Medicare did not pay supplemental covered it. So pretty much there was nothing out of pocket. So again, when you’re shopping for your supplemental, they’re you’re going to get all these different options of plan A through N. you know, skipping a few letters in here, but uh um that’s, you know, so typically when I talk to people, well, what should I get? Should I, you know, I’m pretty healthy. I’m just going to get the cheapy one. Now, you can change these each year in in an enrollment period, but uh again, plan F, I figure that 200 to 220 a month. So, when I, you know, we’re going to add these up in a little bit to see how much an individual is actually going to be paying for health care coverage in retirement. So Medicare advantage plan again so advantage plan part C is the um it’s approved by Medicare also called the uh Medicare part C again advantage plan run by private companies you go shop for this uh Medicare pays amount for each member’s care you may have to use network doctors here’s that HMOish uh kind of uh coverage here so there might be some restrictions on who you can see uh plan may uh include clude prescription drug coverage if you add that or not uh may include extra benefits like vision or dental again you have to pay extra for those benefits and cost sharing may be different shop carefully for private insurance so these supplemental or metagap policies again you see choose a policy that of the coverage you need A through N uh choose a reputable company like I said earlier make sure your health care provider processes the billing for the company you choose. Uh drug plan coverage, your part D and your Medicare Advantage plan uh plans vary considerably. So um if you’re going to just get private insurance for your supplemental along with A and B or drug plan part D, advantage part C, those are private insurance carriers planning for higher health care costs in retirement. So as we look at what costs are going to be you know based on age groups and using you know for uh the dark blue is the services the top blue is what you’re paying in premiums uh for different age groups you can see for men for women and uh what kind of potential out-of-pocket costs that you could be based on varying ages obviously as we age it looks like these costs go up typical Medicare budget today. So, here’s that $22.990 that I said earlier. That premium for the supplemental or metagap policy around $200. Your prescription drug coverage I said earlier about $40 or so per month. And you’re looking at $442 per person. So, if you are a married couple, uh you’re still looking at almost $900 a month for health care coverage. And that’s just in the premiums for you. So again, does this cover pretty much everything, your doctor visits and everything, you know, but whatever Medicare doesn’t pay, your supplemental paying. So hopefully that’s the case, but there could be some other costs like dental, vision, uh, and things that um that are more elective that your insurance may not cover. So when we look at on an annual basis that 442 * 12 that’s 5,300 a month plus any out-of-pocket cost for prescription drugs and dental and vision maybe some alternative care and you’re looking at almost $7,000 a year in health care. What can cause your health care budget to change in the future? uh rising healthare health care costs higher insurance premium so if premiums keep going up which they do um health care uh a change in health status uh might mean you mean need more services and then same things that that are not covered by Medicare dental vision hearing alternative and long-term care those could be additional costs uh some scarier numbers here uh showing some just some surveys uh through a few different resources of how much lifetime someone could be paying for men, for women, for couples, uh for a couple, for fidelity, saying 345,000 over a lifetime. Uh that could be uh you know, for a long period. So, what are you going to be paying? Is this all going to change in the future anyway? Who knows what’s going to happen when they talk about Social Security fixing that problem, Medicare, Medicaid, and you know, and uh or is there going to be more uh kind of Medicare for all in the future? Who knows where any of this is going? Planning for long-term care. So, this is the thing. So, no coverage after 100 days uh for that skilled nursing. So, long-term care, we’ll touch on here. Let’s see what time uh I got a little bit of time to still go through that. Uh but when we look at 35% of people aed 65 have some type of activity limitations. Uh you can see some of those what percent on um independent living difficulty, self-care difficulty, ambulatory difficulty, cognitive declines that we see a lot of that. There’s a lot of memory care facilities that have been built over the last 15 years or so. um vision, difficulty hearing and any other any disability. 35% of people have some type of uh you know disability there. Causes of um of activity limitations whether it’s heart disease, uh high blood pressure, hypertension, stroke, asthma, look at all the way to the right higher is arthritis. All of these things that could lead to some activity limitations. Uh don’t need help now, just wait. So, these are basically this is the six things that determine if someone would qualify if they have like a long-term care policy and if they would qualify for earning receiving benefits. If a doctor says you can’t do two of the six daily living things, this is the six uh so bathing, showering, dressing, uh eating, uh transferring, they would call a bed to a chair, chair to a bed, uh walking and bathroom. So, these are the six things to say if someone’s going to qualify for long-term care. A doctor writes an a letter saying that they cannot do two of these six, then you could qualify for benefits from that. So, if you do have a long-term care policy and you would like to discuss that, please say yes at the end of the presentation when I put up that survey and we’ll have that conversation of what type of long-term care policy do you have, what does it cover? I’ve seen many times if you are making a monthly premium. I’ve seen where premiums go up, benefits go down, or a combination of both of those. Uh so, you know, if you have one of those policies and you have concerns about that, I would love to have that conversation with you. So, levels of care. Um maybe you just need help uh just, you know, shopping, preparing food, you know, meals, things like that. uh traveling, you know, using the phone, even uh just in general help is what some, you know, the lowest level of care. Uh custodial care, this is again assisting with those six uh daily living things. Uh so do you need any assistance with those or do you need more skilled nursing care maybe around the clock of uh someone assisting in giving medications, shots, you know, IVs, things like that that you need nursing care. What are the costs of long-term care today? You can see if you’re just going to have um someone helping around the house or private nursing home and how much that could cost. When you look at 350 a day or even like say $300 a day, 30 days in a month, you’re talking $9,000 a month for potential some of this care. Uh but do you need assistance around the house? Maybe you only need assistance 3, four, five days a week. Um you know, certain things. Maybe family members can help other days. Uh so there are certainly how do we cut some of these costs and how do we cover this? Uh long-term care is one of the things that I do um when I shop for different types of policies uh that has changed drastically over the last 10 to 15 years uh based on 20 25 years ago uh John Hancock and GE or Genworth were the big carriers back then. Um but uh you know it’s changed a lot. So, why plan for long-term care? Sparing family members of the burden. Excuse me. Avoid uh having to spend down your assets. Um that’s could be a big asset depleter paying for long-term care, especially if it’s a need of that $9,000 a month. That’s $18,000 a year. And if someone has $500,000 saved, that’s not a long time that that money could be gone. So, it’s certainly something to to plan for. So, three reminders. Enroll in Medicare on time, shop carefully for private insurance, and uh to go with your Medicare and PL uh plan for higher health care costs in retirement. Here’s a list of services and products and things that that I do before I go through the questions here in just a moment. uh just you know so if you are looking for I need I need help planning and again the complimentary I’ll use that complimentary plan that I do uh will very comprehensive of here’s what you have here’s what you want we’re going to take inflation into account we look at different types of accounts that you have is everything going to be taxable that you take out like a 401k um I use the term that many of us are what is called 401k rich, meaning not that necessarily that we’re rich, but most of our savings has been in a 401k uh comes out of your paycheck. It’s one of the easy ways to save that you don’t see it. Um, and but maybe you have a lot of savings. Maybe you have a lot of Roth IRA and different things that are some of its taxable every year like your savings, you get a 1099 every year on the interest that you earn, you have to pay taxes on that. A Roth IRA is all tax-free coming out, but your traditional IAS and your 401k, regular 401k is all taxable when you take it out. So, what types of assets do you have and how are you going to be funding your retirement, your long-term care, your health care, everything that your travel, everything that you want to do in retirement. I hope you and I can have that one-on-one conversation and talk about all of this for you. So, I’m going to go through the questions now. Now, you can see right now my information is up on the screen here. If you want to take a picture of that or if you have your camera handy, you can put it on the QR code there. You can hover over that your camera and then tap on the little yellow thing that comes up and you’ll have access to my calendar. You can do that right the second if you so choose. Um, and then we can uh you can just schedule that time right now. Uh, with that, I’m going to go through the questions. As I do that, I’m going to launch the survey right now. would you like to set up an appointment? Please say yes on there and we can have a complimentary. We do not charge for any of these uh planning services. So, if you would like to have that conversation, click uh click yes or if you’re not ready to um but with that, I’m going to go through the questions here. So, first one, what if uh you turn 65 but are still covered by your spouse’s medical plan since they are still working? that as long as it’s a qualified plan. As if it’s a spouse plan, that is absolutely fine as well. So, it doesn’t have to be your own specific. So, if you are covered under a spouse, yes, that’s absolutely fine. You can defer your part B um with that. That’s still a qualified plan. Any suggestions on how to estimate medical costs when planning to retire at 55? Uh that’s that’s a tough one at 55 because you’re going to be shopping for your own medical coverage. Uh call it Obamacare or just the you know you’re going to be shopping for it on the open market and do you have pre-existing conditions? Are there is there anything that could make it cost more? So it’s one of those with the health care that we have. You’re going to get coverage but you’re going to pay for it as well. especially if there are pre-existing conditions. But it’s something that we can put a plan together. Hopefully, you’re one of the yeses on there that if we can talk about from 55 to 65 and kind of put that in the plan, whether that’s a,000 a month if you’re a single person or up to 2,000 a month for premiums um when you’re shopping and it can be that much. Um you so but uh but we can put that in the budget to see if it’s something that is doable for you. uh in that retirement plan and from 55 to 65 we could assume those higher costs and then those costs would be would be reduced some uh by um by turning on Medicare at that time. Can you switch from option to B to the advantage uh or to option A Medicare if you don’t like uh the arrangement some some people have during the open enrollment period uh that you can change from let’s say A and B to the advantage plan or if you’re on the advantage plan back to A and B you can do that. Yes. Uh if you get the part C plan do you still need to sign up for B separately? No. So, it’s either A and B together, and that’s could be signed up for separately depending on if you have a work uh plan still. A is free, B you pay for, or you get C. You don’t get B with C. So, C is the advantage plan, but you would still add prescription drug coverage in that same plan. So, if you have C, you do not sign up for A or B. So, C is going to be a separate plan there. Uh how does part B get paid if you have part C plan which is supposed to cover A B and D again? Uh so part if you have part C uh everything is it’s all one premium. You’re it’s so technically A and B are in that C uh in that advantage plan, but you’re not paying for B separate. It’s all in your your advantage plan part C premium. You’re going to have your hospital, your doctor coverage, and your prescription drug coverage all in one encompass the one premium in the advantage plan. You do not have to pay for B separate to confirm if uh if I plan to retire at 65, I could wait and do special enrollment plan um at no penalty. But if something happens and I retire before 65, is it a good idea to apply for Medicare before 65 just in case? Depends on how much before. You can only sign up for it up to 3 months before age 65. Um, so uh you’re going to be in the initial. So this whole thing on this one is do. So if you’re retiring at 65, you have to sign up for A and B at 65. If you retire before 65, you might have to get some type of other coverage. And I’m talking at like 64 or 63 or 62. If it’s just a month or two before, you can sign up for Medicare, but it is not going to start until you are 65. So you might need some type of coverage for those couple of months before you turn 65. So if you were retiring at 65, you have to sign up for A and B to start at 65. If you retire before 65, uh you have to get some other coverage until Medicare kicks in at 65. I’m having uh trouble understanding the difference between metagap supplemental and Medicare advantage. So metagap supplemental, so I’m going to call it traditional coverage is A and B. A is your hospital coverage. B is your doctor visits and your doctor coverage. That’s A and B. What is called traditional Medicare that only cover it doesn’t cover 100% of everything. So many people will have a supplemental policy to cover what A and B do not cover deductibles or the the 20% that uh that Medicare part B does not cover. So that’s you’re just going to have a supplemental with A and B. If you are signing up for the advantage part C, you do not sign up for a supplemental plan. A a part C is an all-encompassing one plan uh that you have that covers your doctor visits, your hospital coverage and your prescription drug coverage all in Medicare part C. So they are separate things. A supplemental only goes with A and B. It does not go with the advantage part C. So we got a few more here I’ll try to get to. Uh uh so uh the entire process is so convoluted. Uh is there a difference on the benefits between New York and Illinois state? uh the cost there’s no difference in benefits but the uh costs could be different um in in supplemental but in whether you live in Illinois or New York your part B premium is still going to be two $22.90 that will not change but your supplemental coverage could be priced different in each of those states so but the benefits will be the same if you have a supplemental plan like that plan F that covered everything that Medicare does not. It’s a standardized coverage, but the premiums could be different depending where you live. Uh, can I be on Medicare without collecting Social Security? Medicare 65, Social Security 67. Yes, you will just have to pay that $22.90 out of pocket directly to direct, you know, a withdrawal out of a checking account or mailing in a check, however they do that. But yes, you can be on Medicare without being on social security. Uh so assume you must uh shop for metagap uh like for part D. Yes, you have to shop for uh the metagap or supplemental policy. Uh Do let’s see I am working age 60 and have PO insurance. My spouse uh spouse is 74. It does not have social security when he turned 65. Uh we tried to enroll him in Medicare A and um the cost was 600 a month. So you know what? This one’s a long one. I have your information. I’m going to email you separately on that. That’s kind of a long question there. And we’re running out of time here. I think we’re at the end of the questions. That one long one, I will get back to you on that. I will email you separate. Thank you all so much for your time and attention tonight. I really appreciate that. This is an important topic. Hopefully you and I will speak soon. Have a great rest of the evening. Bye-bye.

  • 08/06/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE HOME STRETCH – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

    Good evening everybody. Uh thanks so much for joining us today. Uh we’re presenting the home stretch. Seven things you need to do in the decade before you retire. Uh my name is Christian Chaplua. I’m a financial consultant here at Alliance Retirement Investment Services. So we work with uh clients members throughout the United States. Uh I work primarily with folks on the West Coast. Uh so welcome if you’re joining us from California, Hawaii, um Washington State, other parts of the country. I’m going be talking about the home stretch today about saving for retirement some ideas around um you know saving for this great milestone and uh it’s kind of a marathon for many of us where we’re saving diligently and contributing to our retirement accounts and uh there’s just you know a nice checklist here to uh for you to think about in terms of the decade before you retire and um how to how to maximize your your savings, how to think about your road map to retirement and uh some other ideas. So hopefully you enjoy it.

    Uh before we get started, I just want to mention this presentation intended for educational purposes only. It is proprietary. Uh we work really hard and would like to just protect the integrity of our content and um ask that you do not rec record, reproduce, distribute any part of this presentation includes video, audio, screen capture, AI tools without any consent. Uh so by continuing in the webinar participating today, you acknowledge and agree to these terms. So very much thank you for your cooperation.

    Uh we’ve got a couple good webinars coming up as well. Uh so we’re going back to our regularly scheduled time 2 pm uh on August the 13th. We’re going to be discussing Roth IRA conversions. Uh so you’ve thought about a conversion want to know about uh you know how how to make that decision and all the variables to think about uh please do join us. So Thursday, August the 13th at 2 p.m. Pacific our regularly scheduled time. After that, we’ve got the tax planning changes scheduled for August the 20th. Again, 2 p.m. Pacific. Uh, so just thinking about tax planning, retirement planning, how it works together again to optimize your overall strategy and financial plan. Hopefully, you can join us there. And then uh just a quick slide on how we can potentially work together, how we can help you. So we offer uh financial planning both basic planning which is no charge advanced planning which we ask for a client relationship then there’s also estate planning available to you uh help you with your living trust your will medical directive uh as a client that’s offered to you complimentary no charge and then um of course we uh we offer investment management portfolios other product strategies income strategies whether dividends annuities market link CDs all the above. So, as you’re thinking about the presentation today and uh any areas that we can assist you with, uh give you a chance a little bit later on to uh sign up for a meeting, ask any questions or perhaps get your financial plan completed.

    In addition to our webinars, we’ve also got our investy podcast which is u u about 20 20 25 episodes that are available on our website. Uh lots of different topics. Uh also we’ve got our blog uh information articles uh so if you have a chance do check it out.

    Okay for many of us uh you know retirement it’s kind of like a a marathon uh a bit of a race and you get to the point in your career where uh you start to see the finish line. So today we’re going to go over the seven things that you need to do uh in that decade before you retire as you approach the the finish line. And my hope is uh that you’ll be able to identify some of the hurdles, some strategies for success uh so that you feel better prepared as you uh head towards the the home stretch and ultimate retirement. Here are the seven things we’ll discuss today. So number one, determine when the time is right. Number two, take aim at your retirement target. Uh three, maximize your nest egg. Number four, think about a portfolio checkup. create a social security strategy. Uh also, you know, think about an income stream in retirement. And then lastly, uh just looking beyond the money.

    So, one of the first things you need to do when preparing for retirement is think about when the time is right. Uh we’ll look at a bit of history just to kind of get some perspective. Uh Ottovon Bismar, he was the chancellor of Germany in the late 1800s. He’s often credited with the idea uh the concept of creating uh of retirement. So to help combat pressure from opponents during a period of high inflation, high unemployment, Otto implemented what was called the old age and disability insurance law. This law provided state pension for anyone who reached the age of 70. Funny thing though is that not that many people actually took advantage of the program and the reason is because at the time uh average life expectancy was only 43 and a half years. So certainly had a big cushion in terms of uh payments and cash flows to retirees. Uh but here in the United States, social security um is a little bit different. you know it was in introduced in 1935 and initially defined 65 as the retirement age not 43. So just more you know more clos uh closely related to reality. Um you know today uh the age of retirement has remained largely unchanged. Uh but life expectancy has increased to almost 80 years. You know someone for someone born in 19 uh sorry 2026. So early on someone would have been lucky to reach uh retirement age. Today uh people will easily spend 20 years or more living uh in retirement. So uh just got to rightsize all of this um uh retirement planning. We think about what age you you’ll retire. Um the critical question you know for retirement uh it’s not that easy to answer. Uh so um there’s different research groups available employee benefit research institute. Um they asked workers over 25 to estimate when they’d retire and uh some of the results were pretty surprising. Uh over half of workers expected to retire at age 65 or later it turns up. Uh but the majority of retirees, 60% uh retire report retiring earlier than 65. So, we have a situation here where, you know, people think that they’re going to retire later, uh, but they’re retiring, um, earlier than 65, earlier than they thought they were going to. Uh, the median age of retirement is 62. Uh, so that’s kind of the middle number. Uh, 30 32% report retiring before they turn 60 actually. Uh, so there’s lots of reasons, you know, people retire early or differently than what they expect. Uh personal health issues is a big uh is a big factor there. Uh job loss, downsizing, involuntary uh work issues, that’s another reason. Um early retirement sometimes. Uh so in the end, you know, for most retirees, uh the reason for retirement is kind of beyond their control. And so that’s something just keep in mind as you plan for uh retirement later on.

    It’s good to know that we might not retire exactly when we plan, but uh when question is when do people actually retire and this chart is based on Franklin Templeton retirement income strategies. Uh it was a survey done about uh four years ago. It shows the largest cohort of people ultimately retire between age 61 and 65. Uh so u as you think about the right time to retire for yourself for your family you know think use this information as a guidepost but uh don’t use it as kind of absolute numbers. Know that there’s variation in the numbers. Know that there’s variation in your forecast especially with uh time and uh the more time the more variation. So you may have to make some adjustments along the way. You know, life has a tendency to send some twists and turns our way. Uh but the you know these are some statistics on you know when people are retiring and again 44% retire kind of uh between the age of 61 and 65.

    Let’s talk about couples for a second. So, one important factor to consider when it comes to deciding when to retire is whether you need to plan as a family, as a couple. Uh, so we’ll look at an example here. So, imagine um our happy couple married a few decades ago in 1984. The average man um first got married when they were 25. For women, it was 23. That resulted in marriage gap between the groom and the bride for about 2 years. Um while the average age between men and women today is um maybe a bit older, the age gap has remained uh you know roughly about the same. It’s about 2 years. Fast forward to the day um that the husband is maybe ready to retire at age 65 possibly. If his spouse is not covered by a workplace medical plan and is younger than 65, uh one thing to remember is that she won’t be eligible for Medicare. uh and the family will need to pay out of pocket for healthcare insurance. Um husband might be going on Medicare but two-year age gap uh the wife might be uh needing some supplementary health insurance until she reaches age 65 is able to go on health care also on Medicare also. So again moving uh moving ahead in time um when you know he reaches age 82 which is the average life expectancy for a 65 year old man um at that point husband possibly passes away his spouse will be living on her own. Uh so the average life expectancy for a woman uh age 80 is about um 9 years. Uh so women may live nine years or more on their own. um you know that’s almost a decade and so you know although these are just the averages it really depends on the person their health status kind of you know their longevity their family situation but these are all some just you know concepts to remember you know as we age as we hit these milestones and uh and and further into retirement into our 70s 80s and 90s

    talk about some important milestones here so uh you want to be prepared for uh all these ages uh from starting ketchup contributions at age 50 to you know thinking about when you have required minimum distributions in your 70s um it’s you know a lot to kind of remember and a lot to do uh but it’s definitely possible you can manage this um we’ll talk more about some of these milestones throughout the presentation but I’ll quickly summarize so age 50 that’s when your catch-up contributions begin for your IRA and 401k age 55 5, you’re eligible for some early distributions from your current qualified employer plan. Uh you can make make uh health savings account catchup contributions. Age 60 is when uh widows are eligible for social security. Uh age 59 and a half is when your full retirement age for qualified plans occurs. You can withdraw penalty-free. Age 62 is when social security benefits begin. 65, like I mentioned earlier, that’s when Medicare starts. Plus or minus three months is when you’re going to be filing. Uh it just depends on whether or not you work for a large company or small company. Uh age 67, that’s full retirement age, when you get your full pension from social security. Age 70 is when you get maximum social security benefits. And then lastly, age 73 to 75, depending on the year that you were born. That’s when those required minimum distributions begin. So again, lot to kind of keep track of over the years, but you’ve got lots of time. So uh the first part of our presentation discussed the timing of retirement. We’re going to look at the next biggest kind of question. Uh you know, how much people uh need to retire just taking aim at the retirement target. So the first rule of thumb is that you’ll need to save around 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. Um you might need uh less in retirement. you know, certain costs possibly are going to go down once you retire. Um, this is a rule of thumb. It’s not for sure, but perhaps you’ll finish paying off your mortgage. Uh, less, you know, commuting, dry cleaning, work clothes. Uh, people spend less possibly on food because they have time to prepare meals. Uh, but these, uh, you know, reductions are offset by some other things, some other costs that might go up in retirement. So, um, many retirees are no longer covered by a workplace medical plan. Uh, with Medicare premiums, co-pays, they could rise as you age. You might need more health care. Um, you might be spending some more on travel or maybe at home and your utility usage is increasing. Um, and then there’s possible home maintenance u with more wear and tear on the home. So, these are all costs that can go up and down. And then, you know, there’s some costs that can go away. um that might be social security, um payroll taxes, and then um you won’t be taking any money out of your paycheck contributing to your retirement account because you’re in retirement. Uh so these are all the things to kind of think about, remember um and this is, you know, these are the biggest reasons that uh people tend to spend a little bit less in retirement. So kind of on average 80%.

    Second rule of thumb is that you should save multiple of what your salary is by a certain age. So let me show you what I mean. As you get older, you should have a higher multiple of your salary save for retirement. So for example, if you’re making $100,000 at age 55, you should have retirement savings around six to eight times that or maybe $600 $800,000. Um, you know, by the time you hit that milestone. Uh so take a look on the chart, see where you fall, see what age you are, how much you’ve saved. Um you know, keep in mind these are just uh guide uh guidelines. Um if you’re ahead of this, if you’re behind, um that’s okay. Um obviously if you’re ahead, that’s a good thing. If you’re a little bit behind, that’s okay. Uh you can, you know, do different things to kind of catch up and uh put yourself in a better spot. There’s always something that you can do. uh lots of different levers ideas that uh are available to you. Third rule of thumb uh you know you want to save enough to generate a 4% withdrawal rate. So this is kind of a classic rate of withdrawal. Um this third rule of thumb is that you need enough retirement savings to generate a desired level of income with a sustainable withdrawal rate. So you know let’s look at what that means.

    So, if you would like to have $25,000 in annual income, um that would take a uh retirement savings um of about 545,000 with a 1 and a half% return. Uh so, the more that uh that goes up, that rate of return goes up, the less you need uh to save. So, you know, over 20 years with a withdrawal rate of 4%. Um, you know, again, thinking about that $25,000 income. Uh, if you’ve got a 5% return, then your retirement savings required is 391,000, which is a lot less. So, this is the reason you want to stay invested, be invested. Um, you can see the numbers for 50,000 or $100,000 in desired annual income. Um, and it’s a big difference, you know, 25% difference between the two numbers. So, you know, this is a big big reason people are contributing to their retirement accounts uh because then they’ll need less in retirement uh and still maintain that uh annual income level.

    Depending on the withdrawal rate, your portfolio may last longer or shorter um versus expectations. So this chart shows with uh about a 95% probability how long a hypothetical you know 6030 portfolio 603010 portfolio would last given various different withdrawal rates. So again the 4% is the kind of general rule of thumb out there. If you’re withdrawing more um then your your uh portfolio your retirement account is going to um um the lifespan is going to be shortened. Uh so again uh the less you withdraw uh the longer that you’ll have in terms of income.

    Here are several different uh kind of annual withdrawal rates. Again, um you know, assume if you’re retired, you have a savings invested, something conservative, returns 3% per year. To provide that desired annual income, uh amount for 20 year, including inflation, you need to have a minimum 476,000. Um instead of a 3% return, if you get a 6% return, again, just to kind of, you know, make sure everybody is thinking about this, understand this, um you’ll need about 365,000. So again, um you know, these are all just general numbers, rules of thumb. Um but really depends on, you know, how much you have invested, how long that’s invested for, and the rates of return.

    Okay, that brings us to uh topic number three, uh maximizing your nest egg. So, here we’re going to look at a hypothetical couple um looking to maximize their nest egg as they age. Um this couple um they’re 50 years old. Uh he’s an engineer. She’s a retired teacher who does volunteer work to together they earn annual income of $150,000. So, when it comes to saving for retirement, I mentioned that there’s lots that you can do um especially if you have time on your side or if you decide to work a little bit later. uh lots that you can do in terms of saving for retirement and one of the most common ways to do so is through a workplace plan such as a 401k. It gives you a bigger amount to save and often you get a match. So here are the 2026 maximum annual contributions um amounts for you know different plans 401k 403b 457 it’s 24,500 uh simple 401k 17,000 the sea you can contribute up to 72,000 if you’re se self-employed assuming that the working spouse participates in a 401k um you know they have a contribution of 24,000 and in addition many employers offer a matching So, for example, uh possible company match is 50 cents for every dollar up to 6% of your total salary. That would mean an additional 4,500 of additional contributions to your retirement plan each year. And here’s where kind of uh you know, time can work on your side uh as you get older. If you participate in that workplace plan, you’re 50 or older, you can do what’s called a catch-up contribution. So, uh, catchup in this example means that, you know, they can contribute an additional $8,000 in 2026 to the 401k plan. And many people assume that if you participate in a workplace plan, you’re not eligible to save using a IRA, an individual retirement account. This is sometimes the case, but not always the case. If your income is under the limits listed here, you can also participate in a traditional or Roth IRA, even if you’ve already maximized your 401k contribution. So, there are some income thresholds here. Um, if you’re with, you know, on the lower side of it, then you can still contribute to an IRA. So, for example, since our couple is married, has income less than 252,000, the working spouse can contribute 7500 to a Roth IRA.

    And just like the 401k, those 50 and older are eligible to make a catch-up contribution of $1,100. Another way to save is through a spaso IRA. Even if one spouse doesn’t have earned income, the working spouse can contribute to an IRA on their behalf. Spousal IRA also has income limits, but as you can see, because our couple’s combined income is less than $240,000, they can add another 7500 to a Roth spousal IRA. And because both spouses are 50, $1,100 ketchup contribution can also be made. So this is adding up pretty quickly. Of course, you need the budget. Of course, you need kind of, you know, the salary kind of lower spending, but there are ways that you can uh, you know, maximize your your retirement account um contributions. And you can see here that it all adds up to $54,200.

    And then if our couple was able to take advantage of every opportunity that uh we described, they could save, you know, $51,000 a year maybe in a tax advantaged account if they do that for 15 years and earn 6%. Um they would have an extra or one over $1 million in their retirement nest egg, you know, not including things that they uh contributions that they made earlier on. So you know again um this is only what they are saving in their tax advantage retirement accounts. You can save in your savings account. Uh again they might have previous savings retirement contributions. Uh but this this gives you the power uh shows you the power of saving of kind of using the um the retirement uh accounts to the maximum. And uh again a nice nest egg here of over $1.2 million.

    This brings us to number four, getting a portfolio checkup. So, uh, today’s workforce kind of more mobile than ever. Um, Bureau of Labor Statistics recently found that workers, um, you know, born between the, you know, 50s and 60s switched jobs an average of about 12 times by the age by the time they were age 50. Um, you know, with that being said, you know, many people have uh accounts out there uh 401ks or workplace plans or IAS uh that they might have uh just not kept track of. So, you want to kind of just be mindful of that. Make sure that you’re keeping track of all your retirement accounts uh especially if you’ve switched jobs more than a few times. um and you know you might have been encouraged to to contribute through uh matching programs and things like that. So uh it’s important to get accounting of all these statements where your accounts are and uh and organize them so that they’re working for you uh the best way possible.

    Consolidation is an idea. Um with multiple retirement accounts, it’s you know it’s hard to get a a real clear picture of your overall asset allocation. Um, if your retirement account at your current employer look something like this, you know, 40% bonds, 60% stocks, you want to compare it to what your other accounts might be. Also, um, if there’s some accounts left behind, your asset allocation might be different. Um, you want to optimize that. You want to just keep track of it. You know, those are your funds. You want to maximize that and and keep track of, you know, previous employment, pre previous retirement accounts. And uh again, you want to combine it all, simplify, make it easier to keep track of. Um you know, and then change your asset allocation possibly. Um with this example, you know, the person opted for more equities, more stocks, try to increase the rate of return. Um but again, those are the benefits of just uh you know, making sure you’re doing the accounting, the auditing, find all your accounts and and uh optimize your asset allocation. Here’s an example of just kind of uh you know what to think about and um you know where you might be at in terms of your equity or your bond allocation. Um you know deciding how how many stocks to own uh the ratio of stocks versus bonds is a personal choice. You know the worst thing that you can do is kind of jump around. Um, you know, if you have too much invested in stocks and you know, you’re nervous about that, sometimes the, uh, the temptation is to jump around. And, um, we’ll give you an example here of, um, you know, why that’s a bad idea, why you want to stay disciplined, uh, um, with your retirement accounts as a best practice um, so that you’re not kind of messing things up. So, let’s assume 1999. You’re three years from your retirement age. You have $900,000. Um, and your goal is to reach a million. You’ve done well with your stock portfolio here. Uh, but you’re getting a little bit more nervous. Uh, you want to continue contributing at the pass rate of about $10,000 per year. Um, so, you know, let’s look at this example. You know, you’re looking at a 8% uh rate of return assumption possibly. Um you might even start to think about retiring early. But uh you know if you go through a bad spell, if the market goes through a bad spell, um there might be some nervousness on on the part of the you know retirement planning because all of a sudden that $900,000 falls to um you know around $600,000 which is a $400,000 shortfall. Uh so you know kind of a you know bit of a stumble be before the end of the race before you hit that retirement. Uh but this is only one point in time you know there you know you’re going to be in retirement for many years. Um so it’s important to remember that uh not do anything harsh. So all the you know the account dropped um you know you might change your asset allocation um you know from 100% stocks to maybe a 50/50 portfolio. Um there’s different things that you can do. Um here’s you know an example of you know maybe reduce volatility by having a more diversified portfolio. Um so but this is different for everybody. Some people have the kind of stamina wherewithal to kind of stay invested even though they’ve got you know a draw down of 30 40% because you know better times are usually ahead and they’re able to recover. Um so in our example here um you know it was it took longer for the stock portfolio the all stock portfolio to recover. Uh but the important thing is that they both recovered over time and uh you know we don’t have any forecast past uh you know the um the last year but um you know the important thing is stay invested um and just make sure that your asset allocation is right for you and you can withstand the volatility.

    Don’t want to jump in and out of the market like I mentioned. Um so we’re going to take another example here. Um, pretend it’s 2007 global financial crisis. Um, you’ve got your 50/50 portfolio. Um, and you decide to jump into tea bills, into treasury pills. Um, you know, that feels good for a time, but um, you know, jumping into the market in and out of the market again can be very bad for your retirement account. Uh, if you stay invested in that T bill account, you’re going to have a lower rate of return. Uh but if you kind of keep with this stock uh portfolio, you’re going to bounce back quicker and um then you’re going to be able to get to your million-doll target much more uh much sooner. So this is a kind of, you know, just a warning not to kind of jump in out of the market, stay invested, find the right asset allocation, and uh avoid going to T bills in and out because it’s really hard to kind of keep up and and catch the market when it rallies.

    Let’s talk about a little bit about estate planning. Uh updating beneficiaries. Um that’s an important thing to think about when uh you know as life changes as we all age. You know maybe the family’s changed, maybe you know there’s a divorce or a new spouse. Um make sure that you’re up your beneficiaries are up to date. Um you know children come can come into the picture. um grandchildren could come into the picture. And then also you want to make sure that you’re kind of just utilizing uh any trusts that um you might need. So a living trust um is a very common thing to uh to have if you have real estate. Again, we can help you with this estate planning. Um if you’re interested

    social security strategy uh you want to make mindful of that as you you approach social security age.

    Uh so there might be some changes to social security in the future. Uh you know we’ve been monitoring the social security trust fund for decades. um you know from the 80s to the 2020s you know the revenues exceeded um you know the benefits paid out uh there was a surplus it was it’s called the social security trust fund and it was built up over you know those years and it’s total about 2 2.9 trillion 2.9 trillion at the end of 2021 but uh you know social security began running a deficit uh in that year and uh is using about 57 billion from the trust fund to help make up uh for those benefit payments. Uh so social security running a deficit now. Um and the trend is actually expected to accelerate into the future as more baby boomers retire. To make up for future deficits, um social security is going to continue to draw from the trust fund uh to pay for those flow benefits that are promised. Uh current estimates predict that the surplus will only last until about 2033 2034. Um, so you know, keep this in mind. You know, watch uh for headlines, keep up to date on uh the news. Um, you know, Social Security will be here for us down the road. It might change. Um, and there’s things that Congress can do. Um, you know, lots of different options. Um, one option is to make the make up the gap, increase payroll taxes, um, in order to kind of fund Social Security. Uh, it’s going to be a hot topic. Um, but again, it’s going to be there for us. It might change, but uh, or contributions might change or the full retirement age might change. Lots of different choices that are available.

    You know, your full retirement age, um, it’s something that you need to know. So it’s basically defined by social security administration and it depends on the year that you were born. Uh you can see that anyone born 1956 or earlier has already reached full retirement age. Uh those born after 56 um you know there’s a sliding scale until uh 1960. Anyone born uh 1960 or after has a full retirement age of age 67. And your full retirement age is important because it’s the age at which you are eligible to receive your full social security benefits. Um you don’t have to wait until full retirement age. Um you can you can claim uh but doing so comes with a penalty. Your your benefits are reduced the earlier that you claim social security. Um and the earliest that you can claim is age 62. Um you can file for benefits anytime between age 62 and age 70. And um you know the longer you wait the more that you’ll get in 2026. These are the maximum amounts a person um could receive in social security retirement benefits from age 62 to 70. Uh to qualify you’ve needed to a very high income for a very long time hitting the social security payroll tax cap for 35 years. You can see that delaying the start of social security benefits would increase the amount of monthly income you generate. Uh it’d be nice if we all qualified for maximum social security. Uh but you know most people uh many people don’t u for someone with a history making average income in the US. You know these are the monthly average social security benefits um that one would expect in 2026. Um notice that the older that you are when you start taking social security, the higher the benefit amount. Um so that’s one kind of uh uh tactic to use. You know, wait till full retirement age or wait till later, receive a bonus uh if you decide to uh file at 68 or 70 uh and to red and to receive more income. And the more that you earn at work u the less social security will replace. So, you can see from here um that if you make $50,000 a year, Social Security is designed to replace about 50% of your pre-retirement income. If you move further out uh to 150,000 in income, Social Security will only replace about 32% of your pre-retirement income. So, how much you’re making before Social Security, what your budget is, all all these things are important in terms of retirement planning. Uh again, Social Security not likely to disappear. uh but you want to kind of work on your financial plan. You want think about social security kind of holistically with your other uh savings and your other assets or pension income, retirement, rental income, whatever you have. And uh again, put together a financial plan so that you know where you’re at. And then lastly, you want to think about an income stream um in retirement. So uh some people utilize you know CDs um money market accounts um you know there are other vehicles bonds investment grade bonds high yield bonds um you know these are some 10-year averages um in terms of monthly income um these rates look a little bit lower than they are today because rates have gone up uh you know 10-year bonds around 4 and a.5% right now um so interest rates are going to change um you The amount of income you get from these different securities and asset classes will be different. But these are some kind of perspectives. Somewhere around inflation is what a fixed income account is going to pay. So basically two and a half, three, maybe 4% is what you can expect from many of these different uh uh fixed income portfolios. Another strategy for creating a stream of retirement is to take out systematic withdrawals. Uh that’s when you sell a small portion of your overall retirement portfolio at intervals to generate income. So imagine you had about $500,000 in your retirement account, purchased a 100,000 shares of an investment, five thou $5 per share. um just uh you know thinking about sequence and uh timing of withdrawals uh withdrawing $1,500 per month um selling shares as you go and then you’re going to deplete your balance as uh as time goes on. So um you’ll have some good months, some bad months uh where things are going assets are going up and down. Um but this is an idea in terms of like uh uh generating income from growth versus uh income from fixed returns.

    You know each of the kind of ideas that we present today um you know again they should be thought through in terms of your overall financial plan. Um, you just want to look at your income producing assets. Um, you your growth strategy, your your withdrawal plan, uh, combine them both. Um, and just, you know, see see what it looks like. You might have a dividend strategy, you might have an income annuity, all these different things. Um, and you might have a growth portfolio. So, in the end, um, just map it out. Look at your asset allocation. you know, work with us, work with a planner, uh, to get get an idea of what you’re going to have, you know, over time, if you’re going to be okay, u, and get that financial plan just kind of, uh, you know, in good shape so that you know what to expect. And lastly, um, you know, make sure you’re thinking about, uh, you know, not just the money. Uh, look beyond the money. Uh, you know, personal finance is more personal than it is financial. Um I know that having worked with uh clients for the last 15 years and uh this is an example of a human happiness curve. You know you can see that happiness tends to decline as you get into your you know 40s and 50s but um you know things get better in terms of sentiment and happiness as you age into your 60s 70s and 80s. um you know, lower stress, um more time for yourself, uh just wisdom that comes with age, all these reasons that people tend to get happier as they get older. Um hopefully you’re in good health, you know, maximizing, uh walking, uh going to the gym, exercising, you know, having a community, having friendships, having family around you. Uh all these things will increase your happiness. and um and just having something to live for. So, think about again, you know, what you’re good at, what you love, what the world needs, what you get paid for. Maybe if you volunteer, if you work part-time, all of these things, it’ll help you with retirement, being more content, being more happy. Um, you can contribute to a cause and volunteer, you know, spend time with family and friends, contribute to the family, have a hobby, travel, go to school, go back to school, all of these things are an option. Um, and all can be done cost- effectively and lots of amazing things are done by lots of amazing people in retirement. uh whether that’s uh starting a business or uh running a marathon, climbing Mount Everest, you know, there are simple examples. Just gardening is uh is a very worthwhile endeavor. Um and this is a great quote. You know, retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials. Um much to live on and much to live for.

    So with that, it brings us to the end of our presentation today. Um, I’m going to launch a poll uh in a second in case you want to ask ask some questions. Uh, schedule a meeting. I can help you with your retirement um retirement plan uh estate planning. Um, but kind of just to summarize this is uh you know what we discussed today. Uh, number one, determine when the time is right. Number two, you know, take aim at that retirement target. Think about how much you need, what your spending is, and what you might need in retirement. uh maximize your nest egg, you know, asset allocation. Combine all those accounts. Uh make sure that you’re getting a portfolio checkup to uh optimize and uh you know, stay invested. Stay invested in the market. You know, think about income. Think about your social security that might be coming in. Um and think about your income stream, whether that’s coming from dividends or a portfolio or a growth strategy, an income annuity, rental income, all of the above. Um and then have a plan for uh enjoying your hard work uh enjoying the the money and the success um that you’ve worked so hard for. Um and look beyond the money and some you know your your family or community and all those other things.

    So again my invitation to work together um these are all the ways that we can work together. So think about your financial planning questions, social security, pensions, cash flow management, Roth conversions, all of this is available to you. Um estate planning like I mentioned and then we have active passive strategies. Uh we have no fee options and strategies available to you. Uh lots of different uh combinations and and ways to uh diversify your assets and and get a good return. Then lastly, here’s a slide for the trusted will program. Um, this is available to clients no charge. Uh, get your living trust done, your will, your power of attorney. Um, very important for all of us, no matter what age you are. Uh, and update your trust uh, and your estate planning if needed. Uh, and then we could help you with that. I’m going to launch the poll now. So, if you have any questions, um would like to schedule a meeting with me, take advantage of these great u uh solutions and strategies and and product offerings that we have, then please do book a meeting. Uh look forward I’ll reach out, we’ll schedule that and uh and get together. Uh we always have a great participation, so uh hopefully take us up on it.

    Okay, here’s my contact information. Uh, with that, if there are any questions, please do put it in the chat. I’ll just go over a couple things while I’m waiting for any questions. You can put in the um Q&A or you could put into the chat. We’ll give you a couple minutes. Uh, thanks everybody that’s uh signed up for a meeting. Got a great response today. Uh, so if there’s anybody else then please do sign up. Also, this is my contact information. My cell phone number 213-320860.

    That’s my direct number at work. I’m a full-time employee of Align Credit Union. That’s my work number. This is my email at work. Uh first initial, last name at lioncreditun.com.

    Right. Great. Uh first question that people posted, will this deck uh be sent to us? Um unfortunately not. Uh sorry about that. For compliance reasons, um this deck is proprietary. We pay for it. Uh so we don’t disseminate it. Um, unfortunately there’s other folks that use it in financial services and uh, so we ask that uh, people contact us. I could take you through any one of these uh, concepts or ideas or remind you. Um, and then the most important thing is get your financial plan done. Uh, so sorry about that. We do not uh, send out the deck. Uh, we ask that you kind of just um, participate in the webinar. We always repeat these webinars on a regular basis. So, uh, you can sign up for the next one. We’ll go through this again. Uh, but again, we’re always available. Highly encourage folks to call us and here’s my direct number. Uh, so, um, to answer your question in terms of the deck, um, I’m just going to talk a little bit about estate planning again. Um, you know, one thing to remember on top of this is, uh, digital estate planning. It’s kind of a new concept in the last 10 years, but many of us have digital assets. Um, you also want to kind of take advantage of that. So, uh, friendly reminder like your frequent flyer miles, um, you know, any digital kind of currency, Bitcoin or other, um, you want to make sure that that is accounted for in your, uh, in your estate planning and make sure that you’re working as a team when it comes to estate planning. Um, your spouse has an idea of where your assets are if you’re the primary kind of financial person. Uh, because anything can happen. uh you know working in this job uh we meet lots of folks, lots of great folks and but unfortunately every year um you know someone passes away uh unexpectedly and u you know you want to make sure that you’re prepared so that your family is protected. Uh that’s the general kind of uh message there. And then um you know lastly uh not a lot of questions tonight. Everybody wants to go for dinner probably but uh again these are all the things that are available to you. U this is our value ad. Uh you know our goal is to give you increased confidence. So uh if you’re ever interested hopefully you’ll be uh continuing to sign up for our webinars and um and then be able to uh uh set up a meeting in the future. You know with that I’ll let you go. Um and thank you again for joining us. Uh it’s uh you know we we offer these in the evening sometimes and uh get a different group. Uh but look forward to seeing you at our next event, our next webinar. Uh we offer them on a weekly basis. So really appreciate the support in the community. Uh have a great evening and see you next time.

  • 08/05/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE HOME STRETCH – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

    Hey, welcome everybody. It uh we still have another couple more minutes before the top of the hour. So, we’ll uh wait until then so that uh other people that um uh want to join us that they can still join us. I hope everybody’s having a wonderful day. Uh I uh nice and sunny out where I’m at, but very very smoky. Uh I live in Utah. Um, a lion allows me to work out of my house. So, um, I live out here in the, uh, near the mountains. I love the mountains myself. So, but anyway, I hope everybody has some good plans for this, uh, upcoming weekend. We don’t have a holiday until next month, I believe. Is it uh,

    Labor Day in September or Veterans Day? I always get those two days mixed up. Anyway, we’ve got those coming up here. But, uh, I hope everybody’s having a a wonderful summer. It is hot here. We are in the, uh, hundreds. Uh, I think it was like 103 recently here, but I don’t have the humidity that I used to have in the Midwest. I’m so grateful that I don’t have that humidity here. And the cool thing about in Utah is if it’s hot down in the valleys, then I can always run up into the mountains and cool down a little bit. So that’s uh that’s one of the benefits that I have uh that I love about being in the mountains here. I love the Rocky Mountains. Um so anyway, all right. With that being said, let’s go ahead and get started here. Uh before I open this up, let me just go over a couple of different things real quick. So, as I go along with this presentation, uh if there’s any questions that you might have that, uh pops up in your mind, please feel free to write those in the chat or the Q&A. Uh I will get to those at the very end of the webinar. Um, I would recommend everybody stay to those questions so that maybe somebody else has a question that uh might pertain to you that you might not have thought of and uh hopefully we can all uh learn from from this and uh share this with other people as well that um maybe not knew about this webinar. So, excuse me. With that being said, let me go ahead and get started here. Let me share my screen here.

    screen one. Perfect. All right. So, the home stretch things that you need to do before uh retirement. So, let me talk a little bit about this. So, again, my name is Bernell Baker. I’m with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, the division here at Aerys. And uh I’ve been with the company with the credit union here for about uh I think going on 14 years here uh here in a couple of months. I love working for the credit union. I hear constantly all the time on how much the um uh the credit union has helped out people and how they enjoy it. And I working for the credit union is even better. Like I said mentioned earlier, I work for my house so I’m able to do that and it’s just a it’s a great company to work for. I joke with my boss all the time that he stuck with me uh for the next uh 12 years whether he likes it or not. Uh and so far they like it. So, it’s uh it’s been a good fit uh and everything. So, with that being said, let’s go ahead and get started here. So, this presentation is really intended just for educational purposes uh and it’s proprietary here for the uh for the Allian Credit Union. So, we ask that you don’t record anything. Um unfortunately, this is not being recorded on our end either. I do get that question quite often if the slides are available um afterwards and they are not. Uh so let’s uh so with that we’ll go ahead and get into this. Here are the different websites that we have for the credit union here. You know we have these webinars that are complimentary to everybody here and even if you uh do sign up to this you can ask actually pass this on to other people that may not be a part of the credit union and we uh open these up to anybody and everybody as well. And we also so here at Alliant Alliant Retirement Investment Services, we can help out in so many different ways as far as your getting close towards retirement and things that you need to do in retirement. And we do different estate plannings to help our members out. We’re a full-fledged financial uh service uh uh division of the Atlantic Retirement Investment Services. We’re we’re proud to offer the interest rates that we we have for our savings and our certificates. Uh but there’s so many other things that we have that are available. Then some of those things you just can’t get on your own if you’re doing your own investments. And they’re really cool at that. So with that, let’s go ahead and get started here. So, if you’ve ever watched a race or participated in a race, you know, especially if it’s a long distance uh race, the last thing you want to do is get closer towards the end of the race and then uh stumble. You know, you want to build up uh momentum and speed going into the final stretch. Same thing as retirement. You’re getting close to retirement. Hopefully, uh many of you are. If you aren’t just yet, you will be at some point in time. And you don’t want to stumble and fall at the very end. So, you need to have a plan put together going into retirement so that you can enjoy retirement and um and be confident to know that you’ve worked hard your whole life and now that you have more time to be able to do things, hopefully you’ll have the money to be able to do those things as well. So, this is the seven different topics that we’re going to be talking about here. And let’s just go ahead and get into it. So determining when is the right time to retire. So the godfather of retirement was a gentleman by the name of Otto Bon uh Otto excuse me Bon Bismar sorry

    and he came up with a concept of retirement. He was in Germany at the time and he put the age of 70 for retirement and that was back in 1890. Now the problem with that though was his life expectancy was about uh 43 44. So it’s easy to say okay everybody can retire when you’re at 70 when your life expectancy is almost half of that. You know here in 2026 here our retirement age depending on what uh when you were born and everything is anywhere from uh 60 uh now it’s either 65 to 67 is your full retirement age. But we have a much longer life expectancy than they did back in the 1890s. And there’s many people that uh in retirement, they are living in retirement 20 plus years. If you’re married, there’s a very good chance that either you or your spouse is going to be around for 20 25 years plus. So there was a survey that went out and said at what age do people think that they’re going to retire? Uh most people said anywhere from 60 to 65 and you can do that again with at 65 years old you can go on to Medicare and um and get your insurance. That’s one of the biggest costs that people uh take into consideration when they go to retire is where they’re going to get their insurance from. And you know if you retire prior to that then that’s absolutely wonderful. if you can, if you’re able to do that and have enough assets to be able to do that, you know, we do have the uh they they call it Obamacare, the ACA, uh the American ACA, Obamacare is what everybody calls it, um that you can be able to participate in and get some health insurance. Well, those people that thought that they could retire at 65, unfortunately, some people have been forced to retire early for one thing or another. Many people are retired early because of poor health. Um, and they, that’s my wife’s situation. My wife had to retire early because her health would not allow her to continue to work. My dad lost his job early on uh due to downsizing when he was working. was so specialized um that he couldn’t uh find another job in his field. So, he was um uh forced into retirement early as well. And then there’s many companies that offer early retirement buyouts. And some people jump on that because it’s a lot a lot more cost effective to hire somebody new than to pay somebody that’s been there for a long for a long time now. Nearly 70% of retirees retire early and and it’s out of their control. As I mentioned, my dad, my wife, those were things that were completely out of their control that they didn’t uh they could they couldn’t um make any changes or do anything like that. So nearly half of the people that do retire uh retire in the early 60s. So anywhere from 61 to 65, 44% of people retire that early due to one reason or another. You know, many people say that they’re going to reach their full retirement age of 65 to 67. Now, um if you’re born after 1960, your full retirement age is 67. Um but yet there’s not a lot of people that uh that retire at that age or even after. By far the majority of the people retire at 65 or early for whatever reason. Now, one thing that you need to take into consideration is ages of of um uh between spouses. You know, my wife and I are three years apart, but on average, there’s about a 2-year gap between uh spouses, between husband husbands and wives. And that two years is not that big of a deal when you’re young. you’re 25 to 23, you know, it’s not that big of a deal there. But when you go to retire, you know, if your full retirement age is at 60 65, your spouse could be 63. And then what do they do for for insurance? Okay, that’s something you need to take into consideration. And then not only that, at retirement, you got to take into consideration your life expectancy. you know, most uh women outlive men. And so if the husband is at 82 and the wife is at 80, if the husband passes away on that, the wife could be single in retirement for 9 years or more. That’s just it just what it is. Unfortunately, it’s just what it is. Now, obviously that’s statistics, you know, not every uh situation is like that. My wife, excuse me, my mother passed away um quite a bit um younger than my dad. And uh but she had a blood clot that broke loose. So, it wasn’t uh you know, any anything uh that she really knew about in advance, but uh yeah, she had a blood clot that broke loose. Oops, excuse me. And then my dad lived for another eight more years after that. Yeah, another eight more years. Now, here are some very important ages that you need to take into consideration when you go to retire or getting up there in age and everything. So, at at 50 years old, so anybody that has an income can contribute into a an IRA plan and or if they have a job, they can contribute into a 401k or 403b or whatever uh the company offers. Once you turn 50, you can start contributing more than when you were prior to age 50. So 49 or younger in an IRA plan currently this year here in 2026, the uh contribution if you’re 49 or younger, the maximum contrib contribution you can do in an IRA plan is uh $7,500. If you’re 50 or older, you can do $8,600. And the same thing goes towards 401k and we’ve got a slide coming up that will give all those numbers and everything. So at age 55 there are your some people you’ve got to qualify but some people are eligible for early distributions from current uh 401k plans and things. At 59 a half is when you can start taking money out of retirement accounts without acrewing an early 10% penalty paid towards taxes. So, at 59 and a half is the earliest you can do that without the penalty. At 60, some people can start to get social security. Uh, if you’re a widow or a widowerower, you can start doing that. Now, everybody can start taking out social security if you’re eligible for it. Everybody can start taking out at 62. But I, you know, unless you absolutely need it, I do not recommend that you start taking social security social security out at 62. um especially if you’re continuing to work. You know, if you continue to work and are under your full retirement age, uh you can only earn so much per year. I want to say it’s somewhere around $24,000. Um and then anything above that, there’s penalties uh that’s money is taken out of your social security if you do it early. Now, 65 is when you can, as I mentioned earlier, sign up for Medicare. And I recommend that everybody signs up for Medicare Part A when they turn 65. Doesn’t cost you anything at all and can eliminate some um some u uh uh uh issues down the road when you do go to sign up for part B or anything. Uh and again, it’s social security full retirement age if you’re born in 1960 or after. Full retirement age is at 67 years old. Now, at 70, if you aren’t taking social security out, absolutely start taking social security out at age 70, even if you’re still working. And you can take social security out at your full retirement age without any early withdrawal penalties or anything like that. But at 70, absolutely, because between your full retirement age and age 70, you get what’s called delayed credits. uh and you get about you get an 8% bump up in your social security for every year that you um don’t take out social security beyond your full retirement age. But there is no more delayed credits uh after the age of uh 70. So absolutely start taking out no matter what. Now for all your pre-tax 401k or your traditional IRAs, you have to start taking money out. currently at 73 years old. And if you’re not 73 by the year 2033, then it’ll jump up to 75 and it’s called your required minimum distribution or RMDs. You have to take it out of your traditional IRAs or your pre-tax 401ks. If you have any Roth IRAs or Roth 401ks, you do not have to do RMDs because the government isn’t going to uh uh get any taxes off of the withdrawals from a Roth account and all the money that went into the Roth accounts were already taxed. So all your pre-tax you have to start taking out at 73 and 75. Now, there’s one thing that many people are not aware of, unless you’re getting close towards the retirement age and you’ve done the research and everything. Uh, in retirement, if your RMDs are big enough, then there’s something called Irma, IRMA. If you make enough money in retirement or over a certain amount of money in retirement, including social security and any RMDs, you may have to pay extra for your Medicare Part B and your Medicare Part D premium. It’s not too bad starting out. It’s about 86 for Medicare Part B and I want to say 1450 or something like that for Medicare Part D. Uh but it jumps up quite a bit more than that. The next level up is at $22 a month for part A and I don’t remember what the part D is, but it it can be quite substantial. So, uh doing RMDs could uh penalize you down the road and paying extra on uh Medicare premiums and stuff. So, what we want to do is we want to take an aim at your retirement target. So here’s rule of number uh number one of of three is a good rule of thumb this is not required or anything but a good rule of thumb is to save enough to generate anywhere from se 70 to 90% of your pre-tax uh income. If you can do that then you can rest assure that retirement should be very comfortable for you. Now there are some costs that are going that may go down in retirement. Hopefully, you’ve paid off your house by the time that you retire. A transportation may go down because you’re not commuting as much anymore. I work from house or from my house. So, I’m guessing my transportation probably will go up because I’ll have to go visit the grandkids and all that kind of things. Clothing. I don’t have to buy these Alliance shirts anymore uh or get them dry cleananed or anything like that in retirement. And you know, if you go out to eat, you know, if you work downtown or work at a different place, often times you’ll go out to eat uh in retirement, you’ll be able to have the time to be able to cook at the house, and obviously that’s going to save a lot more money uh than eating out. Now, there’s some cost that may go up. healthare. If you have a a group health plan, it may go up now that you’re having to pay uh the Medicare premiums uh by yourself. As I mentioned earlier in retirement, hopefully you’ve got the time to uh to do different things. You might be able to travel. I’ve got a good buddy of mine from Australia and he says that, you know, going back to visit family or friends, he either has all the time in the world but no money. That’s when he’s been unemployed. or he’s got all the money to be able to do it, but he’s got no more time because that’s when he’s been working. So hopefully in retirement, you will have both money and time to be able to travel and to do the things that you want to do. Utilities may go up. You’re at home now, you got lights on, TVs going on, uh things like that. Uh so utilities could go up. And then home maintenance. I’m sure my grandkids will come over to the house uh more often in retirement. And um I actually caught my two grandsons uh earlier this uh this summer. Uh they thought it was really cool to throw dirt in the air conditioning unit as the fan was on. So the the more grandkids I have over the house, and I’ve got a total of five right now, but the more often they’re going to come over to the house, I guarantee you I will have more uh home maintenance uh uh things that I will have to pay for. But it’s worth it. They are uh they are great uh things. great great additions to a family and everything. Now, there’s some cost that’s going to go away. Social Security, uh, payroll tax, if you don’t have the income coming in, you’re not working anymore, obviously, that’s going to go away. And then retirement contributions as well will go away because you have to have an income in order to contribute into a uh into a an IRA account or a 401k or a 403b, anything like that. So income needs could be different in retirement as well. The your income needs should go down also uh for the most part. And you know if you can budget to say anywhere from 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income again you should probably feel very comfortable to be able to live and enjoy life in retirement. So the second rule of thumb is is to save a multiple of your salary based upon your age. So, let’s take a look at that. Let’s say that you are uh 60, excuse me, 55 years old and your salary is $100,000. A good rule of thumb, again, not required, but a good rule of thumb is to have anywhere from 60 to to 8, excuse me, 600 to $800,000 saved in uh in retirement plans. And if you can do that, then wonderful. uh then you then again you should be able to go into retirement uh with a peace of mind knowing that unless some catastrophe happened you should be able to have enough money in retirement. And then the last rule of thumb is to save enough to generate about a 4% withdrawal rate. You know that’s kind of the industry standard. Although recently there’s been some controversy about that. But if you can do a 4% withdrawal withdrawal rate, then you ought to be uh pretty uh pretty well set and comfortable uh for retirement. So what does that 4% take uh look at? So let’s say that you want to withdraw at 4% over 20 years in retirement. Okay, if you’re desired income coming in from your assets are at $25,000 and let’s say you get an average of 1.5% return. Now, obviously, our Alliant, again, shameless plugin here for Allian Credit Union, our savings account is returning double that at 3.01, unless they changed it here in September. I haven’t looked at it, uh, but I don’t think so. Then, if you’re going to do that, then uh and and be able to withdraw $25,000 a year from your uh assets, then you need half a million to be able to do that. If you want to have $50,000 extra a year, getting a 4% withdrawal draw withdrawal rate over 20 years, you need and getting a a one and a half% return. You need a million dollars in there. If you want a h 100,000, you need $2.1 million to be able to do that. Almost 2.2. Now, let’s say you’re getting a little bit higher of a return, a 5% return. And a 5% return is really not that difficult to do. And it doesn’t have to be aggressive at all whatsoever. That is a very conservative uh type of a return. But if you’re getting a 5% return, you can see that the amount that you need gets drastically reduced down to 391 for $25,000. If you want $50,000 extra in retirement, then you need to have about $782,000. And if you want to have $100,000 in retirement extra, then it’s at $1.5 million is what you would need. Now, in order to save that uh to get those returns and everything, let’s say that you’re getting a 3% return. Okay. Now for again for $25,000 a 3% return at $476 a half uh $50,000 952 and uh $100,000 of $1.9 million. Now again if you’re getting a 6% return versus a 3% you can see once again that your uh assets just need to be they can be a little bit less. And again, getting a 6% return or a 5% return, it doesn’t have to be all that uh risky at all whatsoever. You can be fairly conservative and still get a decent return uh inside of it. So, what you want to do and the third thing here is to maximize your nest egg to to uh contribute as much as you possibly can. So, let’s take a a hypothetical look at a couple here. And let’s say that the wife is at 50 years old and she’s a retired school teacher. So she’s not working anymore. But so to keep busy and active, she volunteers her time. And let’s say that the husband is an engineer and they want to maximize their returns at age 50 and uh and beyond. So I mentioned earlier that there are maximum contributions into 401k, 403bs, 457. They’re all the same thing. age. It depends on the type of company you work for. So the maximum contribution here in 2026 is 24,500. If you have a simple 401k or a simple IRA at 17,000 and a SEP, the maximum contribution you could do is at 72. But since he is working and not for himself, he contributes to his uh maximum uh employer plan, his 401k. And let’s say that the company matches uh 3%. So he’s able to do those each and every year. And then you since they are both 50, they can do uh do what is called the catchup contributions. So he is over 50 and so is she. So he can do an extra 12,000 well $8,000 into their 401k plan that he has here. Now you can also add into your own IRA account depending on income and things like that. So, in a Roth IRA, there are limits on how, excuse me, income limits uh uh to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA directly into it. There’s always the backdoor Roth or the Roth conversion. They’re basically the same thing. Um but, uh let’s say that he decides to contribute into his in into his uh his IRA accounts. And since his income is $150,000 and his wife is retired, they would be able to contribute the maximum amount into either traditional or Roth IRA. Roth is a great way to go because then it’s uh the taxes are paid now and then in retirement you don’t have to take any um any it doesn’t go towards any tax consequences or anything like that. So now let’s say that his wife, you know, because the husband is working, the wife can contribute into a a IRA account as well. And since she is 50, she can also contribute the maximum amount uh into the IRA account. So again, a spousal IRA is at 7,500 and since she is 50 or older, she can do an additional $1,100 for a total of 86. Now, if you add all these up together, each year they can do a a maximum contribution here of $54,200. Now, if we just say, okay, we’re going to do $51,000 and they’ve got about 15 years towards retirement. Again, they’re 50 years old, so at 65, they want to retire. And let’s say they’re fairly conservative and they just get an average 6% return. You know, they don’t want to be too aggressive. um because they don’t have as much time to make up in case uh the market takes a uh takes a dump or anything. But if you’ve got $51,000 and you contribute that each year into a into your retirement assets for the next 15 years, averaging a 6% return, in 15 years, you’ll have $1.2 million saved up just during that time. Now, that’s up until 65 years old. And at 65, you still need to be invested or at least get some in. So, that’s just up to uh 65. And then from that on time on forward, it can still continue to grow for you, which is really nice. Now, let’s get a portfolio checkup. This is something that you want to do. The average worker switches jobs every has 12 jobs throughout their life. If you’re my son, he’s probably he’s at 30 31. He’s almost had 12 jobs just already. Uh but he’s been doing really good where he’s where he’s currently at and everything. And most companies when you start a job, most companies now have automatic enrollments. Well, they just automatically sign you up and and and contribute into a into their company 401k or anything. And then 63% of American workers have access to define contribution retirement plans, which is kind of nice, which is good. Now, one thing that you want to take a look at is you may be currently, let’s say you’re getting closer towards retirement, like myself, you know, and I want to be a little bit more conservative than I was when I was younger. And let’s say that I want to have an average kind of a balanced investment strategy of 60% stocks, 40% bonds. If I take my previous jobs when I was younger and add those up, obviously when I was younger, I would have wanted to be a lot more aggressive. If you combine those and if you haven’t moved those into your current plan or into an IRA where you only have a couple of different plans out there, if you combined all of the different IRA accounts with your 401k account, you may be more aggressive than what you actually want to be. So, I always recommend that when you leave a company, take your 401k out, again, 403b, whatever it is, take your retirement plan out, and move it over into an IRA. You have a lot more options to pick and choose from in an IRA that you just can’t do in a 401k. And then that way, you’re really only dealing with kind of two different accounts. Either your IRAs and maybe your comp your current company’s 401k account. you can just manage it a lot better uh than if you’ve got three or four or five different old 401ks out there. So, let’s take a look and see, you know, what has happened in the past. So, let’s say let’s say that you have too much invested in the stock market and this is 1999 and you want to retire in three more years and you’ve got a $900,000 in your IRA. So then you’re going to need to get about an 8% return over the next three years to to have uh one $1.1 million in your retirement account. I don’t know if many of you remember what happened in 1999, but we had the tech bubble burst and the stock market went down for three years in a row. Um and so your $900,000 could have been down to $584,000 in those three years. So half of what you wanted to have in order to retire um after 3 years. Now if you were a little bit more diversified and you were at 50/50, 50% stocks, 50% bonds, you wouldn’t have lost hardly anything. Okay? Your $900,000 would have gone down to $871,000.

    But then 12 months after that, you would, if you were in the 5050 plan, you would have been up into over a million dollars. But it took almost four years for your 100% stocks to build back up again. I’ll be honest with you, that’s kind of what happened with my uh father-in-law. Uh my wife is from Ireland and uh and my my in-laws came to the States. Um basically well they were in Ireland then they moved to South Africa and then they came to the states after the aparite happened in South Africa or while that was happening I should say he couldn’t get any of his retirement money out of South Africa to come here so he came to the states um back in about the mid90s and um and had to had to start all over and so he knew he had to be aggressive. his goal was to retire at uh at at 2008. Well, we unfortunately we all know what happened in 2008, the great recession. Uh he didn’t retire until 2012, four years longer than what he wanted to retire, but he was able to retire. I give him all the credit in the world world and he’s had a very comfortable life. But these things are reality. They can happen. Now, let’s also take a look at what happens if you panic and get out of the market. So, again, let’s say you want to have you got $900,000 in retirement and uh you want to retire in three more years and we have a 2008 happen. My father-in-law’s scenario here. If you were 50/50% stocks and bonds, your $900,000 fell down to about $700,000. Not drastic as if it was uh in 2000 the tech bubble burst if you’re 100% stocks. But if you panicked at that particular time and said, “Oh no, I cannot watch it go down. I want to go ultraconervative and put everything in T bills.” then in in 2010 when you wanted to uh maybe retire, it would have gained a little bit over 2008 to 2010. But if you didn’t panic knowing that when the market goes down, it has always rebound and came back up again. If you didn’t move any of your investments out of a 50/50 uh uh stocks to bond mixture, you would have been back up to a h 100,000 or excuse me on up to a million dollars by the end of 2010. Your T bills would have you taken you forever to get back up to that million dollar uh mark. So again, get a good investment plan going knowing that it’s going to go up and it’s going to go down, but whenever it’s gone down, it has always rebounded and come back up again. Can’t guarantee that’s going to happen always in the future, but that’s what has always happened in the past. Now, I always recommend that you update your beneficiaries or take a look at those on a regular basis. As I mentioned earlier, my mom passed away in 2016. Uh my dad got remarried to a wonderful lady in 2017. And so there’s there’s there could be some different changes there. Maybe a different spouse. In my case, I got grandkids that uh that that could come up. I think I’m done at five. Not my decision, though, but I think uh my kids are done at uh at five grandkids. You know, I’ve had I had a granddaughter born in December and a grandson born in February, so they’re both less than a year old. I always recommend that you do a trust over a will. With a will, uh, your your assets are still going to go through probate. And during probate, anybody can can contest that. And a tr and probate is a public record. A trust is not and it does not go through probate. So, I recommend uh that you do a trust over a will. And there’s different online accounts that you can do a trust or go through a local attorney. Um, but I I definitely recommend you do a trust over a will. So, let’s take a look at creating a social security strategy. Now, when I talk about social security, I constantly hear, “Oh, no, social security is going to go bankrupt. We’re not going to do anything.” That is not the case. What is going on with Social Security is that up until 2021, there was more money going into the Social Security trust fund than what was coming out. In 2021, when the baby boomer started to retire, that switched away around. Now, there is more money coming out of Social Security than what’s going into it. Again, social security will never ever go away because it is a, you know, as those of us that are still working now, we’re contributing into the social security trust fund. What will go away unless government does anything is that excess that’s currently in the trust fund. Now, so it’s supposed to run out. The the excess is supposed to run out in 2033. You know, if you if you trust the government, their math never adds up. So, who knows when it will actually go out. And if the government doesn’t make any changes in that, then benefits could drop. I truly do not see a time where either party would allow the benefits to be decreased. I think that there would be a lot more riding in the street than we’ve seen in recent years if social security was ever cut down by 22% or whatever. One of the things that they could do and unfortunately government is just kicking the can down the road. Nobody wants to deal with it right now. Uh we’ve got the midterm elections coming up. I’ll be shocked and surprised if anybody runs on fixing social security. They’re all just pushing it down the street. But what they can do is they could increase the taxes that uh are are being taxed for social security. Right now it’s about half payroll taxes are about 1.8% that is going in towards social security. They could increase that to 3.65. Another thing that they could do is I want to say, don’t quote me on the amount here, but Social Security is only taxed up to like $400,000 of income. You know, we hear the tax the rich and everything. They could increase that and say it’s unlimited and it’s not going to affect by far the majority of us. I know it’s not going to affect me at all if they increase it in or uh they tax social security above that $400,000 threat income threshold or whatever. So, just a couple of things that they can do, but I I just absolutely do not see social security uh actually ever going away. Uh it could be reduced down, but it it it won’t ever go away. So, as I’ve mentioned a couple of times about a full retirement age. So, here’s the different ages and and what your full retirement age is. You know, again, if you’re born after 1960, your full retirement age is 67. Prior to 1956, you’re already retired or at least at full retirement age, I should say now. And then 57, 58, 59 is 66 and and different months uh and everything. So now if somebody were to maximize the amounts that they paid into social security, here’s what the maximum amount would be per age monthly income. So if your full retirement age is at 67 like myself, then the maximum you’re going to get in social security is four uh $4,200 a month. The average though is a lot less, the $2,600 a month. Okay? So, if you did an average income earnings throughout your lifetime, then you’re going to get about $2,600 a month. Now, depending on what your income is, that $2,600 uh or the more income that you have uh have had coming in then and if you want certain uh to to maintain that lifestyle, the more of a lifestyle you want to maintain, the less of a percentage social security is going to be to earning that. So, if you want a lifestyle of say of a hundred $50,000 a year, your social security is going to cover about half of that. If you want $100,000, it’s only going to cover about 40% of that. So, you got to come up with the other 60% on your own. And you can see at the 150 or 200 uh,000 mark, you’re going to have to come up with more uh on your own to maintain that kind of a lifestyle income. So build a retirement income stream. So let’s take a look at different income uh on what you can get here. So in a money market account, the average return of a money market account is 22%. Again, a shameless plug out there for the lion savings account. A one-year CD from a normal bank is about a half percent uh for the year. Now again, not being aggressive at all whatsoever, but if you invest in different bonds, you could and and bonds bonds can go down. Do not get me wrong. Bonds do can go down, but they don’t go down as much as the stock market. There’s a lot less volatility, a lot less uh fluctuation in that. You can see that if you invest just a little bit more into something, again, not being aggressive or anything, but if you have a a half a million dollars earning at a little bit better of an interest rate, again, not being aggressive, you can see that your that your income or the interest that you earn for the year can grow quite substantially. Now, let’s say that you want to have systematic withdrawals and that you’ve got an a stock out there that’s got a share price of uh uh $5 per share. And let’s say you want to withdraw $1,500 a month. Well, as we know, stock prices go up and go down. So, they will fluctuate. If you want to maintain that consistent $1,500 a month, you’re going to sell less shares if that stock price is increase increases. Let’s say it increases up to 6%, then you only have to sell 250 shares to get that $1,500 a month. But if the stock price goes down to four bucks, you have to sell more shares, $375 to maintain that same $1,500 a month. And then you can see that your share price uh your share balance will decrease based upon the number of shares that you have to take out to maintain that $1,500 a month. Now let’s take some turning retirement savings into retirement income. Okay. So if you do an income producing products, you know, then you don’t have uh any distributions coming out of your original savings. the original dollar amount can stay there,

    but your income could fluctuate. So you if you have a dividend paying stock or dividend paying mutual fund or an ETF or whatever, those things are not consistently paying out the same amount of dividends. Uh even a savings account, savings accounts fluctuate depending what interest rates the Fed sets at. So, uh your income may fluctuate if you if you depend on that. Uh some months could be higher, some months could be lower just depending on what the uh payout is. But if you have a systematic withdrawal plan, then your income is is consistent. You know what you’re going to be taking out and so you’ll be able to get that and make a budget on a monthly basis, but it may dip into some of your original savings. depending on their returns and how much you take uh take out. So, but let’s look beyond the money. So, the good thing is is there’s a there was a study that put out there and they have this happiness this human happiness curve and most people are less happy 45 to 50 years old. But the good thing about that is the happiness curve starts to increase after that. So you’ve got some good years ahead of you where happiness is uh can be uh a lot better for you. Okay? And this is what the the average happiness curve is. So look forward uh to retirement and and I realize that happiness depends on a lot of different things. a lot of health. Health health can really uh poor health can really uh uh had some people look very uh uh depressed going into the future. As I as I mentioned earlier, my wife uh had to retire early because of health. She doesn’t have the best uh best of health. Uh but we’re we’re doing the very best that we can and everything. Friendships are a key. Um I’ve got many friends that I love to go and do different things with. Um, and so, you know, have friends in retirement and that can help lift up your your spirits and everything as long as they’ve got the they’re good friends and everything. And then family, you know, again, I love hanging out with my kids. I’ve got uh three ch three kids of myself. Uh, they’re all married. I’ve got five grandkids and I love it when uh when we’re all together and I get to pick on my grandkids and then send them home. I can give them all kinds of candy and everything like that. and then send them home and let their parents deal with it. It’s wonderful. If you’re not a grandparent, it is great. Now, the uh island of Okinawa has something called icky guy. This is basically it translate into something to live for. So, you’ve got to determine what your icky guy is. You got to figure out what you love to do and what the world needs and and supply that need to the world. You got to figure out in retirement if you can do something that you get paid for, something that you enjoy to do and figure out what you’re good at. If you can find the answers to those four different thing, four different things there, then you can find out what your icky guy is. Okay? You can create a retirement living plan in retirement. And you know, in retirement, you can contribute to a a worthy cause. Uh I’ve got an uncle that volunteers his time once a week uh building little car, little uh wooden cars, uh at a local place here, and they donate those cars to to needy kids. You can visit family and friends. Uh like I said, my buddy uh can go back to Australia and visit his family and friends there. Uh I’ve got uh my children here close uh all within uh about 40 minutes of me, but I’ve got brothers that live all over the country. You can pursue different hobbies and there’s no age limit on any of those things. You can start to travel and do the things that you want to do. If you want to start a business when in when you’re retired, go for it or possibly even go back to school. So here are some people that in retirement where they should have been retired went on went on and did some amazing things. Peter Roier, he invented the thesaurus when he was 73 years old. Colonel Sanders started the first KFC at 65. Uh Madonna Bter, she was the uh uh the uh uh triathlon nun. Um, and she she did uh triathlons up until 82 years old. I can’t even do a triathlon right now. I think that is absolutely fantastic. And Grandma Moses started painting and Yikiro Morai, he started to climb Mount Everest. And his last and and at uh 80 or at 76 um no at 70 he was the oldest person to reach Mount Everest and then he crushed that at 80 years old. That to me is just amazing that uh all these people in retirement they didn’t think that life ended but they went out and they did uh what they wanted to do. They did their passion and was able to benefit uh all of us because of that. So unknown author author said this retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials much to live on and much to live for. And again, going back to my buddy that says from Australia in retirement, he want he he’ll have the time to do what he wants to do. Hopefully, he’ll have the money. Same thing with you. You’ll have the time to be able to do the things that you want to do. Hopefully, you’ll have the money to be able to do that. So, just to kind of recap here, there’s seven different things that you need to do in retirement. You know, determine when is the right time for you. And that’s going to be very personal. Most of these things are are very personal. You got to decide when the right time for retirement is for you. Take aim at your retirement targets. Make sure that you keep your eye on the prize and keep working towards that. Maximize your maximize your nest egg. Put as much into retirement as you possibly can. If you can max it out, wonderful. If you can’t put in the most that you possibly can. Now, you got to pay your bills now. And I completely understand that. and get a portfolio checkup. You know, most people have multiple 401ks out there and if you combine it together, it’s really surprising how aggressive they are uh more aggressive than that than what they really want to be uh at that time in their lives. And create a social security strategy. You know, is full retirement age the right thing for you? Is taking it out early, taking up to 70. Again, that’s going to there’s going to be a lot of factors that goes into play on that. build a retirement income stream. Social Security is not going to be enough. Excuse me. And so, you want to have some income coming in to be able to do the things you enjoy to do. And look beyond the money. The money isn’t everything. When you pass away, the money is going to stay here, but uh hopefully your memories will be able to uh go on with you uh in the afterlife if you believe in that. I would always recommend that you work with a financial professional and that’s what we do here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We work with you and kind of figure out a game plan for you. Uh a financial professional has additional things that you can invest in that you just can’t do on your own uh that many people don’t uh aren’t even aware of that are available out there. You know, one of the things that we have here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services is we just have a a wealth vision plan that we can kind of put together to make sure that you’ve got enough money in retirement. Even if you’re early on, you know, you’re maybe not even close to retirement. Say, let’s say you’re 40 years old and you just want to make sure that you are on the right track, we can do this uh for you as well. So here’s an example of a report that we can run uh that can help you understand do you have enough money uh for retirement you know and this is uh you know it just comes up with overall income you know for example Bob and Mary here the dark blue uh that is their social security that they’ve got coming in the light blue there that’s a little pension plan that one of them has the red line there that’s their income and then the orange is their RMDs So, you know, based upon your assets that you have now, excuse me, uh I’ve got uh asthma and it just flares up when I talk too much and unfortunately I uh do a really good job of that. Um but uh in retirement, you’ve got your RMDs and you know, you can see that do you have enough income coming in with your RMD, social security, pensions or rental property or whatever. Do you have enough money to uh meet your expenses? And then we take a look at and see over your lifetime what’s the total taxes that you will pay and then also what will be your portfolio left to pass on to beneficiaries. Now one of the things that we really do with this is do uh Roth conversions. There’s so much talk about there about Roths. Is it the right thing for you? I never know the answer for that unless we do this plan here. So, in this scenario here, we’re taking a look at and say, “Okay, well, we just want to do a Roth conversion of say $60,000 a year. That’s it.” Uh, and it’ll last us for eight years in a row. What will that whal

    uh portfolio in this particular situation? It would decrease their taxes by $140,000 over their lifetime. So, that that’s money saved for them. and it would increase their portfolio by $828,000 when they pass on uh this is the money that they would pass on to beneficiaries or this is money that they would have on later on in their life should they need to go into a nursing home or a long-term facility. And there’s other different things that we can take a look at as well. You know, again, Dave and Sarah here, and they’ve got some income coming in. And again the the dark blue is the social security. Uh the light blue is a pension and then RMDs. And then the yellow here is if they did not have enough income coming in to meet their expenses. So they would have to take money out of their current assets. So that’s also something that’s thrown in with this plan here as well. And then based upon their information here, their assets would continue to grow throughout the rest of their life. And if we did a Roth plan, this is typically what I do with these plans is fill it up to a a set tax bracket uh to see does the tax, you know, filling it up to a tax bracket and which tax bracket is the best uh does this um benefit you, hurt you or whatever. In this particular situation, if they filled it up to the tax bracket uh for five years, it would save them $16,000

    overall in their lifetime in retirement, but then it would also add a quarter of a million dollar in their portfolio when they pass away. Now, one thing to take into consideration here on the far right here, the fourth column in the far right there, we’ve got one of them passing away. So, if you’re married and your spouse passes away in retirement and if you’re doing RMDs, you know, again, based upon your age and everything, your RMDs are going to be about the same still that you have to take out. But the problem is is at that point in time, you are now going to start filing as a single person. It’s what we like to refer to as the widow or widowers tax. RMDs are very similar. Now, granted, your income is going to drop by the lesser of the two. social security uh uh checks that you’re getting in. But you can see here that just by losing a spouse, your taxes could potentially go up into a higher tax bracket. Something to take into consideration. And then a Roth IRA account will will help you eliminate some of that. And then also that Irma that I was talking about earlier. So again, it could uh increase decrease taxes. Again, I never know what to do until that. Now, again, Aerys, uh that is all of the webinar here. I’ll get to the questions here in a little bit. But at Aerys here, again, we’re a full-fledged financial consulting firm. But why Aerys? Why choose us over somebody else out there? First of all, what we want to do is we want to get to know you and design a plan specifically for your individual situation. And then we use a team approach to come up with that plan to make sure that we’re covering all bases. And we want to build a lasting lifetime relationship for the rest of your life. You know, at Aerys, there is one person that you would talk to. If you if you do choose to come with me, then you would always call me for everything. Here’s my contact information. Uh my direct phone number here at Alliant uh is 7734628612.

    That rings directly on my desk or my email address right there [email protected].

    And um I would be glad to be able to uh make an appointment if you’d like that uh uh uh that wealth vision plan that I just uh spoke about. It’s complimentary. I don’t think I mentioned that earlier. Doesn’t cost you anything to do. Um, many other firms will charge whether you do anything with them or not. We don’t charge anything. Uh, even if you don’t do with us. So, I highly recommend that everybody does it because the problem is is if you’re going into into retirement without a plan, then all you have is a retirement wish. And nobody wants to go into retirement with a wish. So with that being said, let me get into some of these questions here. Uh right. So are you saying 60 to or excuse me 600 to 800,000 in total savings in uh is pension 401k social security. So the 600 to 800,000 that’s referring back to the slide. If you are uh 55 years old and your income is $100,000, then you want to you’d like to have again it’s not a requirement obviously, but to to feel comfortable would be 600 to 800,000 between all of your liquid assets, savings accounts, CDs, 401ks, IRA, uh brokerage accounts, anything like that. Those are all liquid assets. A home is not considered a liquid asset because it usually takes you at least a month to sell it, transfer everything. So, liquid assets or savings, uh, retirement plans, anything like that. Uh, another question here, uh, social security tax stops coming out of your paycheck for the year once your gross earnings reach 184. Oh, is it only 184? I thought it was a lot higher than that. Uh, okay. Uh the social security payroll tax is a federal tax used to fund retirement disability uh and survivor benefits for American workers. Absolutely. The total tax rate is 12.4 split evenly. Yes. Between uh you and your uh employer. If you are self-employed, you’re paying that full 12.4%. Uh as well um it applies to earnings up to a yearly maximum limit of 184. Oh, I thought it was a lot. I’m not a CPA. Obviously, I’m not a CPA. Um I don’t do taxes, but I thought it was a lot higher um than 184

    on that. I uh

    that’s social security. Okay. Okay. All right. Uh Robert, thank you for that information. Uh that is wonderful. Uh and that is all the questions that I had with this. Oh, let me let me send this out here. If you would like to have a uh that uh wealth vision plan ran for you or if you’d like to continue this conversation with me, uh please feel free to answer yes to this question here and then I will be glad to be able to reach out to you and um answer any questions that you might have. Again, that plan is complimentary, doesn’t cost you anything to do, and it’s just something that uh is uh I think is very beneficial. It can give you that peace of mind knowing that um that whether you’re set uh for retirement or if there’s maybe something that you need to change and add to uh contributions for retirement, uh then as well. Also the big thing about that that I think is really most beneficial is a Roth conversion. We really look at that and uh make sure that the Roth to see if a Roth conversion is the right thing for you. So with that being said, we’re right at the 1 hour mark. Again, everybody, thank you so much. For those that you answered yes to the questionnaire here, I will reach out to you. I will give you a call first and uh if I don’t get you, if I uh have to leave you a voicemail, I’ll I will leave you a voicemail and then I will follow it up with an email. And with my email uh you will have access to my calendar. You could schedule a Zoom meeting and then we can uh that way we’re not playing phone tag back and forth trying to get a hold of each other. Uh, with that being said, I hope everybody has a wonderful day, uh, wonderful rest of your week, and, uh, take care. Bye.

  • 07/28/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Planning for Long Term Care Expenses as a Family

    I’m Michael Marx, certified financial planner and a financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services or Aerys for short. We’re the wealth management division for Alliant Credit Union. Uh if this is your first webinar or your 100th webinar, uh I appreciate you joining me this evening and I know that time is an asset, so I’ll do my best to make this worth the investment of your time. Um, for those of you that have attended my webinars in the past, uh, I know I normally talk about, you know, the market, geopolitical events, uh, but I thought this topic was important because it’s something that can have a potentially a a great negative impact on on your investment portfolio and your retirement planning. I mean, in addition to your life and health. So, you know, and frankly, if it doesn’t it doesn’t just affect you, right? It affects all the people around you. So, it’s best to discuss potential long-term care costs before they happen to be better prepared for anything unexpected.

    Let’s see if our Zoom will cooperate. There we go. So before we dive in, I just want to share a quick housekeeping item. Today’s session is for educational purposes and it includes proprietary material. Uh so to protect both the content and everyone’s privacy, we ask the attendees please not to record or capture the presentation whether on video, audio, screen sharing or AI tools without prior to consent. Um we appreciate your understanding. Uh with that, let’s just move on here. Uh, and so just as I’m not sure where everyone joins us from, uh, I’m not sure if you’ve joined this webinar via an email that you received directly from AIS, uh, or signed up on Alliant Credit Union’s website. So, I’d like to just take a couple of minutes to talk to you about Aerys. Uh in addition to the weekly webinars that we host, we’re actually a fullervice wealth management and investment planning division here. Uh we have a broad range of investment options. Everything fixed rate guaranteed to as aggressive as you want to be in the market plus leverage. So we do you know the usual complimentary financial planning, some estate planning. Talk a little bit about that at the end. uh investment management, some more of the advanced planning as well. So, speaking of webinars, we offer multiple webinars throughout the week with different presenters. Each of us usually hosts twice a month. So, our team at Alliant uh Retirement Investment Service, I always call it Aerys. Uh we’re focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and and much more. So if you haven’t looked at our website, I would encourage you to do that. So our website is our website is aerys a r i s.allantiantcreditun.com

    and you can see a list of our weekly webinars, our podcast which is investsavvy, our blog and some other financial resources. um or you can find it right on the Allian Credit Union website in the upper right hand corner under the Retire and Invest tab. So, my next webinar will be in the afternoon and that’s Wednesday, August 12th. It’ll be at 12:00 noon central time, 1:00 Eastern. Um it’s in it’s titled the fragile decade. And what we look at is we talk about the five years before retirement and the five years after retirement. We talk a little about um some milestones, some goals where you should be uh and some expectations on the final five years or not the final five years, I guess the first five years of your retirement. H that was ominous. So, my next webinar back in the evening is Tuesday, August 25th, and that’ll be 6 PM Central, 700 p.m. Eastern, and it’s going to be uh it’s titled Life After Work. And so, it’s creating a good life in retirement, right? So, what we do is we talk a little bit about how you create monthly income from different sources, you know, being being keeping in mind as far as, you know, not having to pay unnecessary taxes, penalties, taking account inflation. We’ll talk a little about some of the strategies that can help you protect that retirement income because nobody wants to go back to work. Well, at least because they have to, right? Maybe they want to go back to work for other reasons, but if you want to make sure that’s a choice. So, um, so we have a few goals today. As I said earlier, my hope is that you have a general understanding and impact of having or not having some type of long-term care coverage as part of your plan. And it is not AIS’s goal to sell you a long-term care insurance plan. Uh, but I do hope that you have an appreciation for the need to plan for long-term care uh well before you need it. Obviously, similar to how you approach retirement planning, right? You start on that years before. You don’t wait until you retire to start planning. Uh, and I want to make sure you learn about some of the options that can help you mitigate some of the risks of that long-term care. Uh, and maybe instill a sense of confidence about your future. So, here are the topics that we’re going to be covering. the four myths about long-term care, expenses, the impact of caregiving, benefits of early planning, how to plan, and uh funding options to consider. Now, that last bullet point, Lincoln Moneyguard Solutions, we’re actually not going to talk about Moneyguard today, uh this is Lincoln’s presentation, but we’re a company that’s really product neutral. We’re we’re actually nonproprietary. So we don’t have Aerys products, you know, where Fidelity would might recommend Fidelity, JP Morgan might recommend JP Morgan, etc. They’re all good companies out there, but we are not because we use many different companies to offer solutions. Uh, but I want to make sure you leave with adequate time at the end to address any questions. So there’ll be plenty of time at the end.

    So, what are we talking about when we refer to long-term care? Um, and what you’ll hear us reference throughout this is something called activities of daily living. And those are called ADLs for short. So, these six activities, eating, bathing, dressing, toileting, transferring, which is it’s being able to get from one place to another in your home. uh incontinence is referred to as activity of the daily living. Right? So if you’re unable to perform at least two of these activities for at least 90 days or you require substantial supervision due to you know a cognitive impairment or physical impairment, you can use long-term care protection to help cover some of those costs. Now, it’s important to look at these because this is a these are the basics that pretty much all long-term care is based on as far as what makes you eligible for that. So, assistance, a lot has changed over the last decade. I’ve been doing this maybe last couple of decades now. I’ve been doing this for over 30 years and

    it’s it’s really it’s not that traditional long-term care. I actually have my mother was actually in a facility um for dementia, right? So her her part was memory care. Um and and frankly we we had her home and we actually had a nurse um you know assist. And then at some point it just became too much and and we we moved her to a facility. It was a really nice facility and and it was actually really good for her health actually improved uh which was fantastic to see that. Um, but it isn’t necessarily that that any of those terrible those terrible images that might because I know when it comes to that either for yourself or or the family, there’s certainly a concern, right? Are you abandoning your family or or you know, hey, maybe I’m worried about going into something like that. I don’t want to go into that kind of facility. But being able to plan early allows you to to state your wishes, right, and and come up with a plan. So anyway, so it’s a very broad range, right? And and it’s, you know, like I said, it might be home care. It it might be just some of the adult daycare services. Uh they have residential care communities where, hey, you know, I’m I’m pretty much independent. I just might need someone to check on me. I had a uh a friend that I go to church with. He moved his mom. His father passed away and they owned a a ranch and it was just too big for his mother to handle on her own. So they sold that ranch and they moved her into a facility. Um, and she’s she’s thriving, frankly. So, and obviously, just like I said with my mother, there’s specialized care, memory care. So, it’s really a broad range of what long-term care covers.

    So, it’s important to view it this way as far as what you may or may not need, right? and and obviously these things go by different names as far as that care, you know, that assisted living, the licensed residential care facility, and some of those specialize in Alzheimer’s or cognitive impairment. So, you’ll find that a lot of the larger ones, I’m here in Houston, uh they cover a range where where it might be, hey, I just need some residential care community. I have my own apartment, but as my situation, as I get older and there’s some kind of decline, I might need a little bit more help. And there’s a lot of places that can help cover all the way through. So, let’s talk about a few of the misconceptions about long-term care. So, there was a recent study of a thousand

    US and 500 financial professionals conducted by Lincoln. um and issues that you know the individuals and financial professionals face when they’re planning for long-term care. So we’ll we’ll we’ll talk about these findings throughout the presentation, but we find that there’s there’s basically four main reasons why people either postpone planning for long-term care or they don’t begin addressing it at all until they need it. So the first one, it has to do with the belief that people think it won’t happen to them, right? And they downplay their personal risk and believe the long-term care is for, you know, something that’s risk. It’s a risk, but it’s a risk for other people. Now I will tell you I think I think as we get older in this generation or the next generation we see our parents or other other friends parents that there’s probably a good chance that you know somebody or personally had a family member where they were in the situation where they could have used this assistance. So I think I think part of this as far as thinking that they don’t need that care is is frankly nobody wants to think about anything bad happening to them, right? It’s kind of like life insurance. You know, recognizing that you have life insurance is is also recognizing you are going to die one day. Whereas with long-term care, maybe you won’t be, right? So we hold out for that. Um but with that said, so here was here was the thing, right? So they surveyed that was really interesting. Now 33% think they will need care, 40% think their spouse will and 50% assume their parent will. Now with that said, the reality of of using that is actually much higher and we actually think it’s it tends to be something older, right? But in the world of a very high stress world that we live in with strokes and heart attacks and things like that, it isn’t that traditional nursing home care. So, so it can happen to you. Hopefully, it doesn’t. But the second misconception is that Medicare and Medicaid will have you covered. And if we were doing this live, we would do a show of hands that, you know, how many people believe that Medicare and Medicaid will help you pay for long-term care? Um, and and generally a fair amount of of hands goes up for that. Um but the reality is Medicare only pays for a 100 days and Medicaid is only available to those with limited resources and income, right? So limited assets. So if you have had experiences before with a parent or grandparent or something that you know they have you have to spend down your assets first before Medicaid will actually start covering those costs. So, it’s always better even if it isn’t the traditional insurance to say, “Hey, you know what? I need a plan. What is my plan?” So, about 65% think that Medicare or Medicaid will help you pay for long-term care. Now, Medicaid does. So, you are right in that, but most people think it’s going to be Medicare. I don’t know if you were part of that that thought that, but this is a very important reason as far as why you do that. So, let’s talk about the misconceptions about the risk of long-term care. Also, number three, that’s what your savings are for. Now, this cost can vary greatly depending on what part of the country that you live in. I can tell you here in the south, it’s still expensive, but it’s about half what it could be up in the Northeast. So here in Houston, you run about 5,5500 um for the semi-private room. That’s what we’re paying for my mother. And that was years ago. So it’s probably a little bit more than that because rarely price do prices go down. Um so up north it could be double that. So and that’s for the semi-private room. When you start looking at private rooms, obviously it can be a little more expensive than that.

    Now, the reason why it’s important, right, is because having an idea of those costs will kind of give you an idea, okay, you know what, I do have in income. I do have a pension. I do have social security. And that will offset some of those costs. If you’re married, right, someone will still be in the home and they’ll still need some of that income, but it does offset some of those costs. So, normally when you do the long-term care planning, you don’t have to usually fully fund that. So, my family will take care of me. I actually just had this discussion with one of my friends. Um, and I thought this was a really interesting survey, right? So, you might be thinking this as well, and I’m sure you know your children might be happy to do that, but but I would say here’s kind of the reality of it. So this is probably one of the things you need to consider the challenge of providing that care on your family, right? It is not easy. It can it can not only be costly, you know, not just the lost hours and the earnings, but it also has emotional and physical consequences on this. So what I think is really interesting on this, so so in the survey on the left in the blue, it’s a percentage of families who had this concern and then the actual caregivers who actually experienced it. And really there’s just a couple of things that I just want to point out. So the emotional challenges of providing care, right, about 72%, hey, this was this is a concern. But what we found that once they were in it, more actually found it far more difficult. 80% 84%. The physical challenges and the difficulty 64% that’s pretty close. Uh the time involved 64% had a concern. 72% actually had that. Um and some of the other things, right, the financial, it was it was less expensive than they thought, but it was still a concern obviously, right? Because usually when you’re taking care of them, they’re living in your home. Um, now I can tell you so traditionally this is not always the case. So women in the family are particularly at risk because they’re often the ones who end up providing care. So one in four women who provide care develop health problems themselves, right? And and they could they they contribute that to the result of being a caregiver, right? the stress and the time involved. The par the daughters who care for the ill parents are twice as likely to experience depression.

    The overall cost of a female caregiver is is estimated about 325,000. That’s due to lost wages, diminished working hours, etc. Whatever that dollar amount is, it’s taxing. And frankly, that dollar amount is it’s high, but I think I think the stress level on that, you know, we experienced it. I have friends who’ve experienced it. But so, who needs to plan for long-term care? Frankly, everyone.

    Now, and I want to stress that you may or may not need insurance, but you do need a plan. So if the potential impact on your loved ones is not reason enough, consider a few additional reasons. So the quality of care, right? I would say one of the biggest concerns people have about long-term care is the quality of care that they’re going to receive, right? And one would say, well, I think it’s the cost. But if you have the money, the quality of care kind of goes hand in hand, right? So planning ahead can give you a choice of how you want to be cared for including your home care right at home with a professional. Family is great but and they do need to be involved with your care but nearly 3/4 of the people express concerns about being able to give to provide adequate care for their family if needed. And and that’s one of the things that we ran into with with my mother in that and that she got to a point where even with help that we hired a a private professional to help it it still became too much. She needed she needed for the most part 24/7 care. Um and you know there’s there’s an issue of dignity.

    This is one of those things that do you want your children to help you shower, to help you use the restroom, to clean up after the restroom, or if you’re wearing a diaper, do you want your son or your daughter changing that? Right? So, so there is a certain level of privacy and dignity that that allowing someone else to do that, a professional, medical professional, that it might be easier on on yourself, right? Some people are fine with that, some people are not. And finally, there’s the financial challenge, right? So, um, someone’s going to have to pay for that, right? So, either with your assets or you might have something in place or some type of insurance or some hybrid in between. Um now this may or may not matter. You might have substantial assets and that’s one of the things that we do when we do planning right when we look at say hey you know you might want to self-insure. Um and others even who can self-insure they say hey you know what um I’d rather I’d rather just uh I’d rather just pay for something like that. I would say this as an example far more people need long-term care than like homeowners insurance. Okay now, the chance of your house burning down or a flood or hurricane or fire or something like that, that is a lot lower than someone who might need long-term care. Now, I will tell you for those folks who live in Florida as well as here in Texas, we know that hurricanes that storms are a very, very, very real thing. But even with that taken into account, I can’t imagine any of us would consider not having auto insurance or not having homeowners insurance, even though we probably have the assets to rebuild a house, but we would gladly say, “Ah, you know what? I don’t really want to have a plan for my long-term care.” Fortunately, you’re on here, which means it’s at least on your mind. So,

    a lot of times we hear our clients, even though we talk about it, they wait until someone else close to them who actually needs long-term care. And then I think it’s that stark reality. And that’s their their springboard, right, as far as to to have that baseline or discussion on maybe I I do need that. Now, I would say maybe that’s not the best strategy for planning, but it does beg the question, right? When is the best time to start planning?

    So, 91% of people think it’s really important part of retirement planning.

    So sometime in your 50s is probably a good time to begin discussions, right? Not with just your professional um but with your family, right? Starting to communicate your needs or at least thinking about what you want.

    And planning starts with a conversation. It certainly isn’t an individual situation, right? Because long-term care impacts families. So, it’s important that you make plans to discuss these long-term care wishes with your spouse, most certainly with your spouse and your children if you have them. Um, or a trusted person if you don’t have children. So, perhaps you’re by yourself, right? So, I would say it’s probably even more vital to have a plan at that point.

    So, as you can see, many people haven’t had a family discussion. Uh, so don’t feel bad if you fall into that category. But I would say maybe commit yourself to doing something positive, no matter how difficult that may be for you or for them, right? If if you have to talk to your parents about it. I don’t know the ages of folks who are attending this. Uh

    but look, have you talked to your family, right? Your spouse, your children have they may have already formed attitudes regarding your care because that’s important, right? They might have an idea and you’re like, “Hey, that’s not exactly what I want.” Are they on the same page? Would you feel comfortable having your children make those decisions for you, or would you like to have some say in it? So I would say just like the title says, right? Conduct a realistic family care assessment. The reality is you might need the support of a professional caregiver. So 70% of parents and children worry that they won’t be able to provide that adequate care. Um and 63% of family caregivers say long-term care insurance would have made it easier. And really, I’m surprised it’s only 63% because I’m not sure what part having someone else come in and help you with this difficult situation would not have made your role easier, right? Even if it’s just and you can take a break for a little bit. So, your financial professional, user, or whomever you’re working with, uh they can help you with the plan, right? include long-term care as part of your retirement planning. And again, that doesn’t necessarily mean insurance. Nine out of 10 Americans believe that financial professionals should take the lead in discussing long-term care with plans. Uh I don’t know if they have. I don’t know if yours has, but it is important, right? Because what I said before is that look, this can derail a retirement plan. um at the at at the very least, especially if you’re married, if one spouse needs that, those are assets that will be redirected and and they can be substantial. So, one of the ways that we can help is really just by facilitating that discussion, right, that you might be reluctant to have or some of the questions that you didn’t know, you don’t know what questions to ask or what things you should consider. We can start start looking at maybe some of the expensive planning, maybe look at your assets. It’s one of the things that we do as part of the uh our wealth planning, render financial planning. Uh and then we can maybe uh direct you to some of the health related legal documents that you’ll need to help prepare and have updated like that living will advance directive, right? Durable power of attorney. If you don’t have these, regardless of your age, you should have them in place. If you’re married, you certainly should have them in place. uh and and it’s important to make your wishes known. I cannot stress that enough.

    So, let’s talk about some of the long-term care expense planning options, right? And there’s really a broad range of of solutions on the two extreme ends. One is self-funding, and that’s like, hey, look, I have enough assets. If something happens, I will use my assets combined with my social security or my pension, my other investments, and that’ll cover the cost. We should be fine. On the other extreme end of that is that you know what, I want to make sure the insurance covers it all if something happens. I don’t want to give that to a facility. I’d rather pay some every year um and and allow the balance of my assets to go to my spouse or to my children or grandchildren or charity or whomever right your beneficiaries at that point. I will tell you that I think many people usually live that somewhere in between where that hybrid is, right? Where you might use a different product where some types of annuities have a long-term care writer. Some of the life insurance uh with have some additional benefit writers on there like long-term care where you can draw off some of the uh the death benefit. Uh there’s life insurance long-term care combination products. Now, which one’s for you? It depends, right? So, a lot of these things, it would really depend on on your situation. Now, I can tell you what what folks dislike about long-term care insurance is that because or the traditional long-term care insurance is it’s the use it or lose it, right? So, if you don’t you don’t use it, then all that money that you spent on long-term care insurance, it’s wasted. And I’m like, well, that’s the best waste of money ever, right? Because that means your health was good. I can’t imagine somebody saying, “God, I hope I get deathly ill so I can really get my money back on those expensive long health insurance premiums that I’ve been paying for the last, I don’t know, 30, 40, 50 years.” Or, “God, I hope my house burned to the ground so I can really make that claim on my homeowners insurance.” And obviously, I’m saying that tongue and cheek. Nobody wants that. But but you are paying for peace of mind, right?

    So let’s talk a little bit about some of the hybrid solutions.

    So this is where they want maybe death benefit protection. So if I pass away, my heirs get that. But maybe if something happens, there’s a living benefit. If I do need those, it it might say, “Hey, I can advance some of those before.” Um, and it’s really for people who who want that somewhere in between. They’re saying, “Hey, look, you know, I do want that death benefit.” And frankly, there are people once you get into the later planning that they they don’t necessarily even need life insurance anymore, right? They have enough assets that if something happens to them, they they their their spouses will be taken care of. So now, you want to understand this so that the more things you have, right? So, if you have a death benefit on there, that that death benefit could be reduced if you end up having to use that writer for some of the long-term care, right? Which stands to reason.

    But this is what I would say. Everyone needs to plan before care is needed. And planning starts with a conversation. So, include your family and we can help. And even if we’re not involved in that conversation, right, we can help you think about the questions that you might want to consider, right? Um maybe answering a question that you didn’t know needed to be asked. I think the hybrid long-term care solutions probably offer benefits at that somewhere in between. So if you don’t use it, right, it was still used for something else and there’s still assets to go to your family. Um, but I can tell you an early start obviously is usually better just like everything else, right? Early planning is usually better. Now, how can we help? So, we can help with the life planning component of it, right? Where it’s how you imagine your life in retirement, some of those headwinds that you’d want to consider, how do you mitigate that risk? So, budgeting, right? determine those income needs, right? So, not only I have this, especially if you’re married, right? I still have these expenses and if this expensive pops up, what are we going to do? What’s the strategy? What’s the plan? How do we look at this? How do we look at the tax side of it? Um, obviously the account management, those are rollovers, Roth conversions from a tax perspective. Um, and then the portfolio management. One of the things that we do at AIS now is um we actually offer trust and will services. So um some of the basic documents for trust, will p attorney, your living will, uh that hip authorization. So you really should have these in place. If you do not, uh we can help you with that. Hopefully everybody on this call already has these in place. Now, I want to thank everyone for attending. We’re at the Q&A part. So, while we’re waiting for questions, so any questions, go ahead and type them into that question and answer box or in the chat. That works as well.

    Oh, yeah. Someone just verified that they paid 5,000 for their mother and they’re actually in Texas. So, that’s pretty normal here in Texas. Um I’m in Houston and it was somewhere around there. So we were a little bit more expensive than that. Um I’m actually going to put up a survey. So if so my QR code if you do have questions that will take you to my calendar and you can just schedule time. There’s my phone number. There’s my email. This is obviously in the evening. If you need to talk outside of business hours that’s fine, too. Um let’s put that. And while we’re working on the questions, let’s see what we have on the questions.

    Uh, first question,

    how do you know which is the best type for me?

    So um what you’d have to look at so kind of generally speaking what we would look at as part of the planning process is that you’d look at your assets and you look at your expenditures in your retirement planning right so and you’d look at any overages or excess and then you’d maybe estimate cost care things like that and then you kind of narrow down some hybrids. Would I be able to post the image with the hands again? Sure. Let me go see if I can find those hands. Maybe. Was it those hands or those hands? How we can help? There’s a lot of hands. Hopefully, it’s that one. If it’s something different, let me know. Uh, someone they’re spending down mom and she’s still at home with caregivers. You say planning needs to start before care is needed. Can any planning be done when it’s already taking place? There there are some things that can be done. Um

    yes. So, so the short answer is depending on how far she is and and without getting too much in the weeds. So, so what you can start doing and there’s some look back. So, so you know there’s these threeear look backs as far as your spend down. So, because the government’s trying to make sure you’re not trying to hide money, which that’s exactly what you’re trying to do, right? because you you don’t want to have the government pay for it. Um but but it can go back to a 5-year look back. So depending on how deep they are and as far as you’re giving away money uh or moving money out, that’s a possibility, but but that that’s probably it. And and it would she would have to be in there for quite some time, right, to be past that look back, but that’s just kind of an an FYI on that. So we mentioned that it cost an average of 325,000 for healthcare. No, that’s actually for lost wages. So, and if if if someone usually has to take care of a spouse, they’re usually losing that much over that period of time. And the wages uh does this include facilities where you can walk in and out of not sure the name. Uh so those are hang on that is those are the communities. We’ll go back to that. And those are assisted living communities. So, they are fantastic. I had a friend whose mother was in one and it was great. My mother was in the very same place, but she was further down the road in the memory care. So, let’s see if we can find the name of it that you were looking for. I assume it’s the the communities. Oh, there’s a lot more slides on here than I realized. Oh, there we go. the residential communities, residential care. Um, already are you spending down? Let’s see. How do you figure out what your cost would be? So, there’s a couple of things. So, again, this varies greatly on on what part of the country you live in. Um,

    so, so what I would tell you is that there’s a couple of things. So, if if you have some questions on that, if you haven’t done planning, uh, go ahead and and just say, “Yeah, and and we can look at the planning for you and and kind of look at the cost in your area, you make some calls and get estimated costs in that area.” And and as far as that, you would you would basically say, “Okay, you know, that coverage, I think I’m going to self-fund or I don’t want to self-fund. Is there some kind of hybrid?” So, that’s basically what you would do. So I can tell you as far as the cost goes, oh hey, someone else asked that next question. So that was like that was just teed up. So how much the cost? How much do the facilities cost? So it depends. So generally speaking, it’ be anywhere between $6 and $10,000 depending on where you live and that’s per month. Um, and that’s usually for a semi-private room. If you’re up in the Northeast like like Connecticut or something, it’s a lot more expensive there. Um, now as far as how long you would need, so traditionally coverage is over a certain dollar amount, right? Or it covers per day a certain amount over time. Now, I would tell you the average stay, and this is one of the things that we talked to as part of our planning with the members, the average stay in in a facility is a year and a half or 18 months. Um, I’ve seen other studies where it’s about 2 and 1/2 years. We normally say if you’re buying traditional long-term care insurance, usually plan for four years, somewhere around there. Now, if you have a history of dementia, Alzheimer’s, or something like that, it can be longer. Um, but with that said though, so that’s roughly it. Now, now with the cost of that, remember, if you go into a facility, for example, you probably have social security. You probably, you may, not probably, not anymore, you may have a pension to help offset that. So you do have some income coming in. So it doesn’t necessarily have to cover the full cost of that, right? It might just be to offset some of that cost. Uh tell me about the long-term care insurance and its cost. So, normally the way that works is that traditional long-term care insurance is what I think the question is that you are asking is traditional long-term care insurance says, “Hey, I wanted to pay for I wanted to pay for X amount of days and X amount of dollars per day.” So, $100 a day, $200 a day. and I wanted to pay for two years, three years, four years lifetime. Obviously the longer out more expensive. Um, and then normally they’ll build in like a waiting period of, you know, 3 months before it kicks in or 6 months before it kicks in. So that’s the basic structure and that would be the amount is usually dependent upon what part of the country you live in. That’s one of the other things that if you’re working now and you’re thinking about it, but you’re like, “Hey, you know, for example, I’m here in Texas and I would say, oh, you know, I’m going to retire up in the Northeast,” which I would never say that because I don’t want to live in the snow, although it’s beautiful there. It’s a great place to visit. But, you know, my point is, and my family’s from upstate New York, so I can actually make that joke. They moved down here all because of the weather and they’ve been here a very long time. So, uh, let’s see, another question.

    Hybrid policies. Oh, that’s kind of a range. So, what hybrid policies would you recommend for someone in their 60s? I would say if you’re not one of the yeses, just just shoot me a note or something or my QR code. And hang on, let me get to that last one again. My QR code and go ahead, schedule some time. And what we can do is go over them because they range. uh that it might just be payments, it might be double your benefit, something like that. So, just depends on what you’re trying to cover and depending on your health, right? Your current health on what you’re eligible for. So, let me get back to my QR code. Oops, there we go. Um, and then we go from there. So, let me see. If you have a long-term care policy for 20 years, it has unlimited coverage. Fantastic. I would go on claim in 15 to 20 years. Would it make sense to give this policy up for a hybrid plan? Probably not. But I can tell you this though, if if you um if you’d like, I could review that policy for you. But I really don’t think you would give that up. By the way, uh just so you know, I I assume everyone knows this, but at Aerys, we’re fiduciaries here, so we do have to work in your best interest. Uh

    absolutely. So, yes. So, I’d be happy to take a look at that. You don’t have any children, nor does your sibling. Each of us has the other is a beneficiary. My guess is that each of us should plan for long-term care. For example, long-term care at a retirement home. Our local living community will charge 5 to7,000 a month. That is about right. My guess that each of us owns our own home outright. Hopefully, we don’t turn into the Simpsons.

    That’s actually pretty good. Uh hopefully not that you don’t turn into the Simpsons sisters. That’s pretty good. Patty and Sama by the way for those who are not a fan of the Simpsons. Um let’s see if there’s have Fisher investments FL for my Ross. Can I still talk to you about long-term care? Absolutely. Uh legal documents. Yep, no problem. Women will. Yep, we can help you with those. Be happy to do that. Let’s see what other questions. These are great questions, by the way. It is fantastic when Oh,

    are most portfolios with similar stock and bond mixes the same? Um, no. These are actually totally separate. Uh, with that said though, some of the hybrids actually could tie to the market. uh where where others just might be traditional insurance just says, “Hey, you know, it just pays $100 a day or $200 a day or whatever that dollar amount and they’ll do it for two years or a specific amount of time.” So, that doesn’t actually have to be uh obviously the long-term care can be a u a more conservative play.

    Well, I use insurance for long-term care expenses instead of paying out of pocket. That is a good question. So, that really depends, right? So, we call that self-insuring. And I can’t tell you why that would be right for you or not right, but I can tell you where other people say, “Hey, you know what? I’d rather just pay for it out of my pocket. I don’t have I don’t have uh beneficiaries that I really care if they have money.” Uh so, and I do have ample assets that I’m not really concerned about that. So that’s that’s fine. Uh oh, hey, this is a good question. So, will your premiums rise in the future? The short answer is they can. What I would tell you is I would assume they will. And and here’s something different about about long-term care insurance in that traditional sense in that an insurance company can’t just up your rates for you. uh it’s governed at the state level. So depending on what you state live in, uh a company would have to go to the insurance board and say, “Hey, we need to raise premiums for this class of people, age, whatever it is.” Um and and this is a reason, right? And they would have to show a substantial threat uh for viability. So, um that’s one of the things that would actually be a a major concern uh for the insurance company for the uh department of insurance to approve that. And I can tell you some states are a little stickier than others, right? New York, Florida, Texas, they’re usually not very insurance company friendly. But, you know, for those who live in those states, uh we have seen homeowners policies and go up because of the storm. So, so it just kind of depends. I can tell you long-term care has gone up substantially over the last five years or so. And that is simply because insurance companies, one of the things when they write a policy, they make an assumption that x amount of people will end up dropping the policy just because they don’t feel they need it anymore because they passed away or something. Um, but what they found is that people are holding on to it longer. So that makes their risk pool a lot larger. Um, so if you have that risk pool that’s holding on to it, then you’re going to have to make that assumption that you’re going to be paying out a benefit. So we’ve seen we’ve seen some of those premiums actually double in price. So right now, you know, if you’re in your 50s, it’s about a,000 to,500 a year for some of the basic costs out there. And and when you think about that, that’s really I mean that’s not great, but if you’re going to make a claim for $5 to $7,000 a month, you’ll you earn your money back if if you end up needing to use that. And again, hopefully you don’t, right? Nobody nobody wants to use that. Uh let’s see what other questions do we have.

    How’s long-term care different from medical insurance? um it covers it covers um it’s a different benefit right so it it covers in a facility or someone has to come into home where where uh where you might just be looking for like oh I’m sick or a broken arm or heart attack or something like that that falls under medical insurance this is this is actually separate because it’s usually the facility or at your house you don’t go to a hospital for that so I think that I think that’s all the questions. So, I want to thank everyone for attending this evening uh and very much so for your participation. It makes my job so much easier uh than just sitting here talking so and and thinking of thinking of ideas. So, anyway, with that said, thank you so much for attending. I hope everybody has a wonderful evening. Enjoy what is left of your summer and I hope to see you soon on other webinars. Take care. Be safe.